Product Catalog
T H E A W A R D - W I N N I N G M O D E R O L I N E O F T O U C H P A N E L S
1 7 " M O D E R O W I D E S C R E E N T O U C H P A N E L S
People noticed long ago that the evolution of technology progresses in leaps. In 2002, the world witnessed the future of control
and automation with the introduction of the new Modero Touch Panels from AMX. It began with our award- winning 12" and 15"
Moderos, which debuted at CEDIA EXPO 2002, and culminated with the 17" Modero Widescreen, presented at InfoComm 2003.
In size or power, nothing compares to Modero – “the controlling force."
NXT-CV17
NXD-CV17
17" Table Top Color Video
17" Flush Mount Color Video
Touch Panel
FG2257K
Touch Panel
FG2256K
CONNECTORS
An exciting addition to our award-winning line of Modero Touch Panels, the
17" NXT-CV17 and NXD-CV17 Widescreen panels offer additional on-screen
real estate, providing the largest viewable area available in the marketplace
today. Table Top and Flush versions fit any integrated environment and provide
an amazing level of simplicity, convenience and luxury. The 17" Modero
includes AMX’s industry-leading G4 Graphics Engine that boasts an abundant
feature set including: G4 Computer Control, dynamic images, icons and
animated buttons.
•
Location: NXT-CV17 Table Top located on back
NXD-CV17 Flush Mount located on the left side
•
PCMCIA Card Slot: Provides optional wireless connectivity using
NXA-WC80211b network card
•
•
Headphone Connector: Stereo output through a 3.5 mm mini-jack
Audio/Video Connector: RJ-45 connector cable for Audio/Video signals sent
from the NXA-AVB Breakout Box
•
Ethernet 10/100 Port: RJ-45 port for 10/100 Mbps communication with LEDs
that show Link and Activity
AV FEATURES
•
Video: Displays NTSC/PAL/SECAM video in variable-size video
•
•
ICSNet Connector: RJ-45 connection for ICSNet interface
Power: 2-pin mini-phoenix connector
windows with support for 16x9 and 4x3 aspect ratios
•
Audio: Built-in stereo speakers
- Headphone connector for external speaker / headphone support
NXA-AVB Breakout Box (included)
- Provides video/audio distribution over CAT-5 cable (up to 200 feet)
- Accepts either Composite or S-Video with Cable Adapter
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
•
•
•
•
•
PSN6.5 Power Supply (13.5 VDC)
CB-TP17 Conduit Wall box (17" Flush Mount Touch Panel)
NXA-RK17 Rack mount kit for 17" Flush Mount Touch Panel
Upgrade Compact Flash (factory programmed with firmware):
- NXA-CFTP256M - 256MB compact flash card
STANDARD FEATURES
DISPLAY:
- NXA-CFTP512M - 512MB compact flash card
- NXA-CFTP1G - 1GB compact flash card
•
•
•
•
•
17" TFT active-matrix LCD
Resolution: 1280x768 pixels
Ultra-wide 170° viewing angle (both horizontal and vertical)
Dot pixel pitch: 0.289 mm
Color Depth: 16 million (24-bit color depth) with 256 (8-bit) Alpha
Channel Blending
•
•
•
NXA-WC80211b: 802.11b wireless interface card
NXA-BASE/B: Wireless base for Table Top Touch Panel (NXT version only)
NXT-BP: Battery pack for Table Top Wireless Base provides 3 hours of
continuous operation
•
•
•
Contrast Ratio: 600:1
•
NXT-CHG: Battery charger for NXT-BP batteries. Charges batteries in 4 hours.
Brightness: 450 cd/m2
MECHANICAL FEATURES
Power: 3.67 Amps @ 13.5 VDC
MEMORY:
FG2257K NXT-CV17
17" Table Top Touch Panel
•
256MB Extended Memory Module
128MB Compact Flash factory programmed with demo pages (upgradeable to 1GB)
•
•
•
•
Dimensions: 13.29" x 18.84" x 12.44" (33.76 cm x 45.31 cm x 31.6 cm)
Fully lowered height: 6.23" (15.82 cm)
Weight: 17.25 lbs (7.82 kg)
Enclosure: ABS Polycarbonate enclosure in black matte finish with
platinum color trim ring
•
LIGHT SENSOR:
•
Photosensitive light detector for automatic adjustment of the panel brightness
MOTION SENSOR (PIR):
•
Proximity Infrared Detector to wake the panel when the panel is approached
FG2256K NXD-CV17
17" Flush Mount Touch Panel
SLEEP BUTTON:
•
Dimensions Faceplate included: 14.44" x 18.09" x 3.31"
(36.68 cm x 45.95 cm x 8.42 cm)
•
Pushbutton (grey) used to either put the panel into a "sleep" or "wake" state
and/or access the Setup and Calibration pages
•
•
Weight: 15.5 lbs (7.03 kg)
Enclosure: Metal enclosure with ABS Polycarbonate front bezel in black matte
finish with platinum color trim
SPEAKERS:
•
Frequency response 450 Hz - 7 KHz
MICROPHONE:
•
Balanced omni-directional with gain adjust
MODERO TABLE TOP CABLE:
•
Combines A/V, Networking & Power into a single jacketed cable
(Included with all NXT Panels)
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
1 5 " M O D E R O T O U C H P A N E L S
The award-winning 15" Modero Touch Panels have taken the control industry by storm. Recognized as “the controlling force,"
the 15" Modero boasts features that remain unprecedented and unrivaled: A bright, easy-to-view display. Extremely sharp images.
A rich 16-million color palette. Innovative 8-bit transparency. Amazing G4 graphics. An anti-glare touch overlay. An ultra-wide
170° viewing angle. A convenient, effortless tilt feature. And convenient wireless capability with a full range of wireless accessories.
NXD-CV15
15" Flush Mount Video Touch Panel
FG2253-12K
NXT-CV15
15" Table Top Video Touch Panel
FG2252-11K
NXT-CA15
15" Table Top Touch Panel
FG2252
NXD-CA15
15" Flush Mount Touch Panel
FG2253-10
The 15" Modero Touch Panel, a 2003 CES Innovations Showcase Winner, set
the standard by which all Touch Panels are judged. Table Top and Flush Mount
versions fit any environment and provide an amazing level of simplicity,
convenience and luxury. The 15" Modero Touch Panel includes AMX’s
industry- leading G4 Graphics Engine boasting an abundant feature set
including: Computer Control, dynamic images, icons and animated buttons.
MODELS
NXT-CV15 – 15" Table Top Touch Panel with Video Support
NXD-CV15 – 15" Flush Mount Touch Panel with Video Support
NXT-CA15 – 15" Table Top Touch Panel
NXD-CA15 – 15" Flush Mount Touch Panel
COLOR VIDEO PANEL FEATURES
•
Video: Displays NTSC/PAL/SECAM video in variable-size video window
•
NXA-AVB Breakout Box
STANDARD FEATURES – COLOR ACTIVE AND COLOR VIDEO PANELS
LCD:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
15" TFT active-matrix LCD
Resolution: 1024x768 pixels
Ultra-wide 170° viewing angle (combining horizontal and vertical axis)
Dot pixel pitch: 0.297 mm
16 million (24-bit color depth) with 256 (8-bit) Alpha Channel Blending
Contrast Ratio: 300:1
Brightness: 400 cd/m2
Power: 3.5 Amps @ 13.5 VDC
MEMORY:
•
64MB Extended Memory Module (upgradeable)
64MB Compact Flash factory programmed with demo pages (upgradeable)
•
LIGHT SENSOR:
•
Photosensitive light detector for automatic adjustment of the panel brightness
MOTION SENSOR (PIR):
•
Proximity Infrared Detector to wake the panel when the panel is approached
SLEEP BUTTON:
•
Pushbutton (grey) used to either put the panel into a "sleep" or "wake" state
and/or access the Setup and Calibration pages
AUDIO:
•
Built-in stereo speakers with a frequency response 450 Hz - 7 KHz plus
headphone connector for external Speaker / Headphone support
MICROPHONE:
•
Balanced omni-directional with gain adjust
MODERO TABLE TOP CABLE:
•
Combines A/V, Networking & Power in a cable (Included with all NXT Panels)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
1 2 " M O D E R O T O U C H P A N E L S
The 12" Modero Touch Panels have enjoyed enormous success in the marketplace by offering a set of innovative features. At a
price comparable to our previous generation of 10.4" panels, the 12" Modero remains one of our most popular to date.
NXD-CV12
NXT-CV12
12" Table Top Video Touch Panel
FG2250-11K
12" Flush Mount Video Touch Panel
FG2251-12K
NXD-CA12
12" Flush Mount Touch Panel
FG2251-10
NXT-CA12
12" Table Top Touch Panel
FG2250
CONNECTORS
The 12" Modero Touch Panel delivers AMX performance and styling. Table Top
and Flush Mount versions fit any environment and provide an amazing level
of simplicity, convenience and luxury. The 12" Modero Touch Panel includes
AMX’s industry-leading G4 Graphics Engine that boasts an abundant feature set
including: Computer Control, dynamic images, icons and animated buttons.
•
Location: NXT-CV12 & NXT-CA12 Table Tops located on back NXT-CV12 &
NXD-CV12 Flush Mounts located on the left side
•
PCMCIA Card Slot: Provides optional wireless connectivity using
NXA-WC80211b network card
Headphone Connector: Stereo output through a 3.5 mm mini-jack
Audio/Video Connector: RJ-45 connector cable for Audio/Video signals sent from
the NXA-AVB Breakout Box (Video Support available ONLY on CV models)
Ethernet 10/100 Port: RJ-45 port for 10/100 Mbps communication with LEDs that
show Link and Activity
ICSNet Connector: RJ-45 connection for ICSNet interface
Power: 2-pin Connector (Male)
•
•
MODELS
•
NXT-CV12 – 12" Table Top Touch Panel with Video Support
NXD-CV12 – 12" Flush Mount Touch Panel with Video Support
NXT-CA12 – 12" Table Top Touch Panel
NXD-CA12 – 12" Flush Mount Touch Panel
•
•
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
COLOR VIDEO PANEL FEATURES
•
•
•
•
PSN6.5 Power Supply (13.5 VDC)
•
Video: Displays NTSC/PAL/SECAM video in variable-size video window
CB-TP12 Conduit Wall box (12" Flush Mount Touch Panels)
NXA-RK12 Rack mount kit for 12" Flush Mount Touch Panels
Upgrade SDRAM
- NXA-EXM128M – 128MB memory card
- NXA-EXM256M – 256 MB memory card
•
NXA-AVB Breakout Box
STANDARD FEATURES - COLOR ACTIVE AND COLOR VIDEO PANELS
LCD:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
12" TFT active-matrix LCD
Resolution: 800x600 pixels
Ultra-wide 160° viewing angle (combining horizontal and vertical axis)
Dot pixel pitch: 0.297 mm
256K (18-bit color depth) with 256 (8-bit) Alpha Channel Blending
Contrast Ratio: 300:1
•
Upgrade Compact Flash (factory programmed with firmware):
- NXA-CFTP128M - 128MB compact flash card
- NXA-CFTP256M - 256MB compact flash card
- NXA-CFTP512M - 512MB compact flash card
- NXA-CFTP1G - 1GB compact flash card
NXA-WC80211b: 802.11b wireless interface card
NXA-BASE/B: Wireless base for Table Top Touch Panel (NXT only)
NXT-BP: Battery pack for Table Top provides 4 hours of continuous operation
(NXT versions only)
•
•
•
Brightness: 250 cd/m2
Power: 2.0 Amps @ 13.5 VDC
MEMORY:
•
•
NXT-CHG: Battery charger for NXT-BP batteries. Charges batteries in 4 hours
(NXT versions only)
64MB Extended Memory Module (upgradeable to 256MB)
64MB Compact Flash factory programmed with panel demo pages
MECHANICAL FEATURES
•
NXT-CV12
12" Table Top Color Video Touch Panel
LIGHT SENSOR:
•
Photosensitive light detector for automatic adjustment of the panel brightness
FG2250-11K
FG2250
MOTION SENSOR (PIR):
NXT-CA12
12" Table Top Color Active Touch Panel
•
Proximity Infrared Detector to wake the panel when the panel is approached
•
•
•
•
Dimensions: 10.91" x 12.34" x 12.50" (27.70 cm x 31.33 cm x 31.75 cm)
Fully lowered height: 6.77" (17.20 cm)
Weight: 11.85 lbs (5.38 kg)
Enclosure: ABS Polycarbonate enclosure in black matte finish with platinum
color trim ring
SLEEP BUTTON:
•
Pushbutton (grey) used to either put the panel into a "sleep" or "wake" state
and/or access the Setup and Calibration pages
AUDIO:
•
Built-in stereo speakers with a frequency response 450 Hz - 7 KHz plus
headphone connector for external Speaker / Headphone support
NXD-CV12
12" Flush Mount Color Video Touch Panel
FG2251-12K
FG2251-10
MICROPHONE:
•
Balanced omni-directional with gain adjust
NXD-CA12
12" Flush Mount Color Active Touch Panel
MODERO TABLE TOP CABLE:
•
Dimensions Faceplate included: 12.38" x 12.59" x 3.25"
(31.43 cm x 31.97 cm x 8.25 cm)
•
Combines A/V, Networking & Power into a single jacketed cable
(Included with all NXT Panels)
•
CB-TP12 Conduit / Wallbox: 11.52" x 11.60" x 3.50"
(29.27 cm x 29.47 cm x 8.89 cm)
•
•
Weight: 11.29 lbs (5.40 kg)
Enclosure: Metal enclosure with ABS Polycarbonate front bezel in black matte
finish with platinum color trim
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
7 " M O D E R O W I D E S C R E E N T O U C H P A N E L
Wider is better – and now the popular Modero Widescreen is available in a compact 7" model. If you desire extra on-screen real
estate but your needs call for a smaller panel, the 7" Modero Widescreen is the perfect fit for any integrated environment. The Wall
Mount version with it’s 7" wide screen provides more than enough space to display colorful and animated graphics and icons, to
watch multiple windows, and to control a variety of audio/video equipment.
NXT-CV7
7" Table Top Touch Panel
FG2258-01K
NXD-CV7
7" Flush Mount Touch Panel
FG2258-02K
•
NXT-CHG: Battery charger for NXT-BP batteries. Charges batteries in 8 hours.
Includes two batteries.
NXA-RK7: Rackmount kit for 7" Wallmount Panels
CB-TP7: Conduit Box for 7" Wallmount Panels
The 7" Modero Widescreen carries on the AMX tradition of providing
outstanding color, resolution, contrast and brightness. Utilizing color active
LCD technology and 800x480 resolution, your graphics and video appear
clearer and sharper than other panels this size. The 7" Modero Widescreen
showcases 18-bits per pixel of color depth, 350+cd/m2 peak brightness and a
200:1 contrast ratio. The 7" Modero Widescreen incorporates the latest G4
graphics features including Computer Control.
•
•
MECHANICAL FEATURES
NXT-CV7 Touch Panels
7" Table Top Touch Panel
(FG2258-01K)
•
•
Dimensions: (HWD) 6.864" x 7.932" x 7.462" (17.43 cm x 20.15 cm x 18.95 cm)
Weight: 3.49 lbs (1.58 kg)
FEATURES
16x9 Widescreen high resolution color display
Latest G4 graphics user interface
Anti-glare touch screen
Wide viewing angles
Exclusive SmoothTilt™ operation
NXD-CV7 Touch Panels (FG2258-02K)
7" Flush Mount Touch Panel
•
•
Dimensions: (HWD) 5.923" x 7.955" x 3.328" (15.04 cm x 20.21 cm x 8.45 cm)
Weight: 1.85 lbs (0.839 kg)
Freedom and convenience of wireless control
Multimedia video that supports various formats
Playback of MP3 and WAV audio files
Microphone and speakers for paging and intercom audio
The CV7 comes complete with the NXA-AVB to deliver composite / S-Video to the panel
STANDARD FEATURES
(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)
DISPLAY
•
•
•
•
•
•
7" Color active-matrix LCD 16x9 (800 x 480 pixel resolution)
Brightness: 350+ cd/m2
Contrast: 200:1
Active Viewing Area: 6.00" x 3.60"
Viewing Angle: 50° (top/bottom/left/right)
Display colors: 256K (18-bit color depth)
MEMORY
•
64MB Extended Memory Module
•
64MB Compact Flash (upgradeable to 1 GB) factory programmed with panel
firmware
POWER
•
1.4 Amps @ 12.0 VDC (wired)
•
2.8 Amps @ 12.0 VDC (with battery base & charging)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
•
PSN4.4 Power Supply
•
Upgrade Compact Flash (factory programmed with firmware):
- NXA-CFSP128M - 128MB compact flash card
- NXA-CFSP256M - 256MB compact flash card
- NXA-CFSP512M - 512MB compact flash card
- NXA-CFSP1G - 1GB compact flash card
•
NXA-BASE/1: Includes 1 battery, Provides 4 hours continuous operation and 8
hours in normal operation (NXT version only)
•
•
NXA-WC80211b/CF: 802.11b wireless interface Compact Flash card
NXT-BP: Battery pack for Table Top Wireless Base:
Provides 4 hours of continual operation
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
8 . 4 " M O D E R O V I E W P O I N T T O U C H P A N E L S
The 8.4" Modero ViewPoint (MVP-8400) is the ultimate user interface, incorporating wireless mobility, Table Top functionality, and
the flexibility to operate as a Wall/Flush Mount unit. The MVP-8400 also includes 1-way and 2-way communications capabilities
and standard 802.11b wireless technology. This MVP of control offers powerful and affordable Touch Panel solutions, achieving
one-touch automation without compromising the advanced control features that have become staples of AMX.
MVP-8400
8.4" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel
FG5965-02
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
The MVP-8400 sets a new benchmark in wireless Touch Panel control,
providing maximum comfort and convenience. The popular, AMX-exclusive
SmoothTilt™, available on every Modero Touch Panel, enhances Table Top
convenience. With one hand, the MVP-8400 can be quietly and effortlessly
adjusted for the optimum viewing angle. The MVP-8400 continues to provide
the most innovative features on the market, including the ability to display
stunning G4 graphics and wireless multimedia. The MVP-8400 is just the right
size for any integrated environment. AMX now enables the end user and dealer
to choose from an expanded line of Modero Touch Panels, designed to meet
their specific needs today and into the future.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
MVP-TDS, Table Top/Tilt Docking Station
MVP-WDS, Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station
MVP-KS, KickStand
MVP-BP, Spare Battery Pack
PS4.4, Power Supply
MVP-STYLUS, Pack of 3 Stylus
CB-MVPWDS, Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station Conduit Box
CC-USB, Programming Cable
NXA-CFSP128M, 128M Compact Flash
NXA-CFSP256M, 256M Compact Flash
NXA-CFSP512M, 512M Compact Flash
NXA-CFSP1G, 1G Compact Flash
STANDARD FEATURES
(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)
DISPLAY
MECHANICAL FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
8.4" Color active-matrix TFT
(800 x 600 pixel resolution)
Viewing Angle: + 120° (Left to Right)
+ 80° (Top to Bottom)
Display colors: 256K (18-bit color depth)
Brightness: 180 cd/m2
Contrast: 350:1
Anti-glare Overlay
Aspect Ratio: 4x3
•
Dimensions (HWD): 7.165" x 10.474" x 1.205" (18.20 cm x 26.60 cm x 3.06 cm)
•
Weight: 2.0 lbs (0.91 kg)
MEMORY
•
64MB RAM
•
64MB Compact Flash (upgradeable to 1GB)
POWER
•
Operates with 2 MVP-BP battery packs
•
12 VDC Power Supply for recharging batteries
INTERFACES
•
•
•
•
802.11b Wireless Ethernet for 2-way network communications
Mini-USB for programming file transfer
Docking Station Interconnect
Power Supply, coaxial barrel connector
FRONT PANEL
•
•
•
Front Buttons: 9 programmable buttons
Speakers: 2 internal
Microphone: Used for intercom applications
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
•
•
•
Two MVP-BP
PS4.4
Stylus
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
7 . 5 " M O D E R O V I E W P O I N T T O U C H P A N E L S
The 7.5" Modero ViewPoint (MVP-7500) is the ultimate user interface, incorporating wireless mobility, Table Top functionality, and
the flexibility to operate as a Wall/Flush Mount unit. The MVP-7500 also includes 1-way and 2-way communications capabilities
and standard 802.11b wireless technology. This MVP of control offers powerful and affordable Touch Panel solutions, achieving
one-touch automation without compromising the advanced control features that have become staples of AMX.
MVP-7500
7.5" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel
FG5965-02
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
The MVP-7500 provides maximum comfort and convenience – the perfect size
for any integrated environment. The popular, AMX-exclusive SmoothTilt™,
available on every Modero Touch Panel, enhances Table Top convenience. With
one hand, the MVP-7500 can be quietly and effortlessly adjusted for the
optimum viewing angle. The MVP-7500 continues to provide the most
innovative features on the market, including the ability to display stunning G4
graphics. AMX now enables the end user and dealer to choose from an
expanded line of Modero Touch Panels, designed to meet their specific needs
today and into the future.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
MVP-TDS, Table Top/Tilt Docking Station
MVP-WDS, Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station
MVP-KS, KickStand
MVP-BP, Spare Battery Pack
MVP-STYLUS, Pack of 3 Stylus
CB-MVPWDS, Conduit Box
CC-USB, Programming Cable
NXA-CFSP128M, 128M Compact Flash
NXA-CFSP256M, 256M Compact Flash
NXA-CFSP512M, 512M Compact Flash
NXA-CFSP1G, 1G Compact Flash
STANDARD FEATURES
(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)
DISPLAY
MECHANICAL FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
7.5" Color passive-matrix
(600 x 480 pixel resolution)
Viewing Angle: + 80° (Top to Bottom)
+ 80° (Top to Bottom)
Display colors: 4K (12-bit color depth)
Brightness: 120 cd/m2
Contrast: 20:1
•
Dimensions (HWD): 7.165" x 10.474" x 1.329" (18.20 cm x 26.60 cm x 3.37 cm)
•
Weight: 2.0 lbs (0.91 kg)
Anti-glare Overlay
Aspect Ratio: 4 x 3
MEMORY
•
64MB RAM
•
64MB Compact Flash (upgradeable to 1GB)
POWER
•
Operates with 1 or 2 MVP-BP battery packs
•
12-18 VDC Power Supply for recharging batteries
INTERFACES
•
•
•
•
802.11b Wireless Ethernet for 2-way network communications
Mini-USB for programming file transfer
Docking Station Interconnect
Power Supply, coaxial barrel connector
FONT PANEL
•
Front Buttons: 9 programmable buttons
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
•
•
•
One MVP-BP
PS4.4
Stylus
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
M O D E R O V I E W P O I N T A C C E S S O R I E S
MVP-TDS
MVP Table Top Docking Station
FG5965-10
MVP-WDS
MVP Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station
FG5965-11
Place the wireless MVP into the Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station and
re-charge its batteries while remaining in continuous control of your integrated
technology. Attach a keyboard and mouse using the docking station's USB
ports - a great feature for surfing the Web with the G4 Computer Control
application.
Place the wireless MVP into the Table Top Docking Station and re-charge its
batteries while remaining in continuous control of your integrated technology.
The adjustable station creates just the right viewing angle for any situation.
Attach a keyboard and mouse using the docking station's USB ports - a great
feature for surfing the Web with the G4 Computer Control application.
The MVP-WDS comes with a unique anti-theft locking mechanism. Keep your
MVP panels safe and secure by using the MVP-WDS security latch to maintain
a tight grip on your panel. Removing the panel is just as easy. With a push of
the button, the MVP glides forward for removal and transport. If security is
enabled, a user must enter a valid security code before the MVP is released.
STANDARD FEATURES
(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)
DIMENSIONS (HWD)
•
Fully raised: 7.40" x 7.01" x 9.83" (18.80 cm x 17.80 cm x 25.00 cm)
•
Fully lowered height: 4.27" (10.80 cm)
WEIGHT
STANDARD FEATURES
(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)
•
4.57 lbs. (2.07 kg)
DIMENSIONS (HWD)
FRONT PANEL FEATURES:
•
8.62" x 12.70" x 2.99" (29.90 cm x 32.30 cm x 7.59 cm)
•
Electromagnet to secure the MVP to the MVP-TDS
•
Release Push button to disengage the electromagnet and remove the MVP from
the MVP-TDS
Two LEDs (through Push button) to indicate battery-charging status and
MVP communications
WEIGHT
•
4.17 lbs. (189 kg)
•
FRONT PANEL FEATURES:
•
•
•
Rare earth magnet and security latch to secure the MVP to the MVP-WDS
Release push button to remove the MVP from the MVP-WDS
Two LEDs (through push button) to indicate battery-charging status and
MVP communications
REAR PANEL FEATURES:
•
(Two) Type A USB ports, for keyboard and mouse
Power supply jack, 13.5VDC, 6mm coaxial male
•
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:
REAR PANEL FEATURES:
•
•
•
•
MVP-8400, 8.4" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel
MVP-7500, 7.5" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel
MVP-BP, Modero ViewPoint Battery Pack
•
(Two) Type A USB ports, for keyboard and mouse
•
Power supply jack, 13.5VDC, 6mm coaxial male
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:
PS4.4, power supply with 6mm coaxial connector
•
•
•
•
•
MVP-8400, 8.4" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel
MVP-7500, 7.5" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel
MVP-BP, Modero ViewPoint Battery Pack
PSN4.4, power supply with 3.5mm phoenix-style connector
CB-MVPWDS, Conduit box for MVP-WDS
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
M O D E R O V I E W P O I N T A C C E S S O R I E S
PS4.4
13.5 VDC, 4.4 Power Supply,
(regulated 110/220 VAC input)
FG423-44
MVP-KS
MVP KickStand
FG5965-12
APPLICATION
•
DC power for MVP-7500, MVP-8400 and MVP-TDS
The MVP KickStand, MVP-KS, is compatible with both the MVP-7500 and
MVP-8400 Touch Panel. The MVP-KS allows the MVP to rest at an optimal
viewing angle on any flat level surface.
DC POWER OUTPUT
•
•
•
13.5 Volts DC, 4.4 Amps
6mm Coaxial barrel-style plug
Switching regulated, overload protected
STANDARD FEATURES
(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)
AC POWER INPUT
•
DIMENSIONS (HWD)
100-240 VAC
50-60 Hz
•
6.34" x 7.91" x 0.59" (16.10 cm x 20.10 cm x 1.50 cm)
•
WEIGHT
ENCLOSURE
•
•
0.67 lbs. (0.30 kg)
Molded black matte plastic
•
international IEC cable socket
MVP-BP
MVP Battery Pack
FG5965-20
DIMENSIONS (HWD)
•
4.6" x 2.3" x 1.5" (117 mm x 58 mm x 35 mm)
WEIGHT
•
1 lb. (0.45 kg)
STANDARD FEATURES
(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)
DIMENSIONS (HWD)
•
0.48" x 1.52" x 8.65" (1.23 cm x 3.86 cm x 21.97 cm)
PSN4.4
WEIGHT
13.5 VDC, 4.4 Power Supply,
•
0.67 lbs. (0.30 kg)
(regulated 110/220 VAC input)
FG423-45
POWER
•
Lithium Ion Cells - 7.2 Volts, 3600 mAh
APPLICATION
•
DC power for NetLinx systems, MVP-WDS and CV7 Touch Panel
CC-USB
MVP/CV7 Programming Cable
FG10-5965
DC POWER OUTPUT
•
•
•
13.5 Volts DC, 4.4 Amps
3.5 mm phoenix-style plug
Switching regulated, overload protected
APPLICATION
•
Connects a PC's USB port to the MVP-7500, MVP-8500 or CV7 Touch Panel
Used to transfer firmware kit files, TPD4 Touch Panel files and IR files
AC POWER INPUT
•
•
100-240 VAC
•
50-60 Hz
ENCLOSURE
MVP-STYLUS
Replacement MVP Stylus, pack of 3
FG5965-30
•
Molded black matte plastic
•
international IEC cable socket
DIMENSIONS (HWD)
•
4.6" x 2.3" x 1.5" (117 mm x 58 mm x 35 mm)
WEIGHT
•
1 lb. (0.45 kg)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
M O D E R O T O U C H P A N E L A C C E S S O R I E S
NXA-BASE/B
Battery Base Kit for Modero
Touch Panels
FG2255K
NXA-AVB
Audio/Video Breakout Box
FG2254-01
At less than two inches in height, the Modero Battery Base seamlessly attaches
to the base of the 12", 15" and 17" Modero Touch Panels, complementing their
award-winning design. From here, the Modero Touch Panel can provide up to
eight hours of normal operation. The interface connector transfers power from
the Battery Base, which houses two NXT-BP rechargeable Lithium-Ion “smart"
batteries and communicates battery status back to the panel. The NXA-BASE/B
requires the latest version of TPDesign4/(TPD4) to access the battery setup
pages on the Modero Touch Panel. The latest version of TPD4 can be
downloaded from the AMX website (www.amx.com).
The NXA-AVB Breakout Box comes
standard with the Modero Color Video
Touch Panels and is available as an
option for Modero Color Active Touch Panels. The Breakout Box transfers
audio/video signals from an outside source to and from the Modero Touch
Panel. It can also be used for pass-through power and ICSNet connections.
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
Included with all Modero Color Video Touch Panels
Provides video/audio distribution over CAT-5 cable (up to 200 feet)
Accepts either Composite or S-Video signals
Stereo audio support accepts balanced and unbalanced audio inputs:
line level stereo
FEATURES
•
Comes complete with two NXT-BP batteries
•
Seamlessly attaches to the base of the 12", 15" and 17"
Modero Touch Panels
•
•
Provides balanced microphone output to A/V system
Available as an option for audio distribution on Modero Color Active Touch Panels
CONNECTORS
•
Battery Interface: 2 (5-pin) connectors in battery tray
•
Modero Interface: 40-pin connector that provides power and status
information to the Modero Touch Panel
CONNECTORS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Power In: Power from Power Supply 2-pin connector (Male)
ICSNet In: RJ-45 connection from ICSNet Hub or Master
S-Video Chroma In: BNC jack for Chroma Input
Composite / S-Video Luma In: BNS jack for Composite or Luma input
Microphone Out: Microphone signal from the Touch Panel 4-pin connector (Male)
Audio In: Audio signal to Touch Panel 6-pin connector (Male)
Power Out: Power to Touch Panel 2-pin connector (Male)
ICSNet Out: RJ-45 connection to Touch Panel
NXA-WC80211B
Wireless Network Interface Card
for 17", 15", 12" Modero Touch Panels
FG2252-02
Audio/Video Out: RJ-45 connection with A/V signals to Touch Panel
NXA-WC80211b provides wireless network access for Modero Touch Panels.
By plugging it directly into the Modero’s PCMCIA Card Slot, you have the
ability to take control with your Modero panel from any location, throughout
any environment. Use the Wireless Interface Card with both the Table Top and
Flush Mount models. The wireless network interface card is IEEE802.11b
standard compatible and certified for operation in North America. The hardware
interface is PCMCIA Standard Release 2.0, Type II Extended (5.0mm) definition.
NXA-WC80211b will work with any wireless Access Point compatible with
802.11b wireless interface standard.
NXT-BP
"Smart Batteries" for Modero
Touch Panels
FG2255-10
The NXT-BP Modero Power Pack is a “smart" Lithium-Ion battery
FEATURES
that is compatible with the Modero Battery Base. It is equipped with an onboard
battery status indicator, and also communicates its status to the Modero Touch
Panel via the Modero Battery Base. Two batteries are required for use with the
Battery Base. Charging the Lithium-Ion batteries is as easy as plugging in the
base. The batteries can be charged with either the Battery Base or an optional
Modero Power Station – a stand- alone quick charger.
•
•
•
•
Interoperable with Wi-Fi (WECA) certified Access Points
Data rate 11, 5.5, 2, and 1 Mbps per channel, Auto Fall-Back
64-bit and 128-bit encryption
Support IEEE 802.11b Protocol Standard
CONNECTORS
•
PCMCIA: Interfaces to Modero PCMCIA slot
FEATURES
•
•
•
Onboard battery status indicator
Provides 4+ hours of run time in continuous operation
“Smart Battery" Lithium-Ion technology
NXA-WC80211b/CF
Wireless 802.11b Compact Flash Card
FG2255-03
CONNECTORS
•
Battery Interface: 5-pin connector that interfaces with NXA-BASE/B battery
The 802.11 CompactFlash (CF) Card from AMX brings wireless convenience
and freedom to our exciting and popular line of award-winning Modero Touch
Panels. Now the end user can experience one-touch control from anywhere, at
any time with minimal effort and amazing results. This innovative wireless
802.11b CF card comes standard with the new Modero ViewPoint Touch Panels
(both the MVP-7500 and MVP-8400) and as an option for the new 7" Modero
Widescreen Touch Panel.
tray connector
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
M O D E R O T O U C H P A N E L A C C E S S O R I E S
CB-TP17
Conduit Box for NXD-CV17
FG034-10
NXT-CHG
Quick Charger Kit for Modero
Touch Panels
FG2250K
CB-TP15
Conduit Box for NXD-CV15
& NXD-CA15
For added convenience, the NXT-BP Power Pack
batteries can be quick-charged with the new
NXT-CHG Modero Power Station. The Power
FG032-10
The Conduit Wall Box is an optional accessory for the Modero Flush Mount
Modero Touch Panels. The Conduit Box allows the Modero to be mounted
directly to the studs/pre-wall and includes a wall box and mounting screws.
Station is a two-slot, stand-alone unit that recharges up to two “smart"
batteries, using sequential charging and recalibration techniques. Through
sequential charging, the batteries placed in each slot are recharged one at a
time. Through recalibration, each battery can be completely discharged and
immediately recharged. This unique feature extends the life of each battery.
Recalibration also improves the accuracy of the battery charge reading located
on each battery, as well as feedback listed on the Modero Touch Panels on-
screen Battery Base page. Instantly track the life of each battery in order to
determine the amount of time available for Touch Panel operation.
17" PRODUCT DIMENSIONS
•
13.55" x 17.07" x 3.49" (34.43 cm x 43.36 cm x 8.85 cm)
15" PRODUCT DIMENSIONS
•
13.48" x 14.18" x 3.49" (34.24 cm x 36.00 cm x 8.85 cm)
NXA-RK17
Rack Mount Kit for NXD-CV17 &
FEATURES
•
NXD-CA17
Comes complete with two NXT-BP batteries
Recharges a set of NXT-BP batteries in approximately 4 hours
FG2904-52
•
NXA-RK15
CONNECTORS
Rack Mount Kit for NXD-CV15 &
•
Power In: Power from Power Station’s Power Supply barrel connector.
NXD-CA15
FG2904-51
NXA-RK12
•
Battery Interface: 2 (5-pin) connectors one in each charging slot
NXA-CFTP128M
128MB Compact Flash Upgrade
FG2116-22
Rack Mount Kit for NXD-CV12 &
NXD-CA12
FG2904-50
The Rack Mount Kit is an optional accessory for Flush Mount Modero Touch
Panels. The kit allows the Modero to be mounted directly on an equipment rack
and includes a rack mount frame, screws and washers.
NXA-CFTP256M
256MB Compact Flash Upgrade
FG2116-23
NXA-CFTP512M
512MB Compact Flash Upgrade
FG2116-24
MB-TP17
VESA Mounting Kit for NXD-CV17
FG033-50
NXA-CFTP1G
1G Compact Flash Upgrade
FG2116-25
MB-TP15
VESA Mounting Kit for NXD-CV15
FG032-50
MB-TP12
VESA Mounting Kit for NXD-CV12
FG031-50
NXA-EM128M
128MB SDRAM Upgrade
FG079-01
Kits enables installation of the wall mount version of the 17" (NXD-CV17), 15”
(NXD-CV15) and 12” ( NXD-CA12) Modero Touch Panels on any VESA(TM)-
compliant mount to include pivots, arms, poles, under-cabinet mounts, etc. The
kit includes a metal back box with VESA 75 x 75 mm mounting pattern, plastic
back cover, and screws. Kit does not include support arm.
NXA-EM256M
256MB SDRAM Upgrade
FG079-02
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
T O U C H P A N E L I N T E R F A C E 4
A key to leading AMX technology has been the amazing G4 (4th Generation Graphics) engine introduced on the Touch Panel
Interface 4. Unmatched G4 features are the gold standard for high-end user interface designs and capabilities.
TOUCH DRIVERS:
•
ELO®, MicroTouch®, DynaPro®, SmartTech®,EZScreen®, Wacom®, IST®
NXP-TPI/4
NetLinx Touch Panel Interface 4
FG2275
FRONT PANEL COMPONENTS:
•
•
•
RS-232 (DB-9) 9-pin serial port. Used for PC to TPI/4 programming
Four pushbuttons to change Resolution, Touch, Calibration and Setup settings
Six LEDs display the activity of inputs 1-4, Power and ICSP
Create a Touch Panel user interface that combines video and RGB media with
Touch Panel graphics. Locate the TPI/4 next to the media, which is typically in
the equipment rack – not in the conference room. Accept media from plug-in
cards, freely mixing video and RGB inputs as needed. Send the combined
graphics to a Touch Monitor on a table, lectern or wall. Pass mouse touch
control to the computer that’s displayed on the screen. Now you have one
unified navigator for control, video, computers and the Internet. It’s an idea that
revolutionized the industry, forever changing the way we view our connected
world.
REAR PANEL COMPONENTS:
•
RS-232 (DB-9) 9-pin serial port. Used to connect a pointer device such
as a mouse or touch screen
•
•
•
•
•
•
USB port can be used to connect a pointer device
2 PS/2 ports for keyboard and mouse control
2 USB host ports for keyboard and mouse control
HD-15 VGA output connector with a maximum resolution of 1280x1024 @ 60 Hz
2 RJ-45 ICSNet ports
1 RJ-45 10/100baseT Ethernet port
AMX G4 GRAPHICS
INPUT CARD SLOTS:
•
•
•
•
32-bit Touch Panel graphics with 8-bit alpha-channel transparency
16 million color palette
Animated buttons/icons
Transparent images and buttons
•
•
•
Any combination of 4 TPI/4 input cards
TP4-RGB Card – HD15 D-Sub and USB port for G4 Computer Control
TP4-VID Video Card – Switchable Composite and S-Video input
AUDIO:
KEY TPI/4 FEATURES
•
Stereo output through a 3.5mm mini-jack
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
24-bit video/graphics
RGB, Video, S-Video
Resizeable windows
Real-time video on all windows
Inputs up to 1600x1200 sized images
Outputs up to 1280x1024 displays
Routes USB/PS2 mouse and keyboard data via USB to computers from
each RGB input
TP4-VID
TPI/4 Video Input Card
FG2275-10
FEATURES:
•
•
•
•
•
BNC composite and S-Video inputs
NTSC/PAL/SECAM
Software switchable between Composite and S-Video
Status LEDs indicate Composite/S-Video selection
Use the TP4-VID input module in any input slot to connect video sources,
such as VCRs and DVDs
•
•
•
Plays WAV and MP3 audio files
Operates on ICSNet and Ethernet networks
Four scalable video windows are driven by any combination of four
TP4-RGB and TP4-VID cards
•
•
•
Accepts Composite and S-Video input signals for scalable video windows
Supports NTSC/PAL/SECAM video input signals
Inputs selectable under program control
•
Adapts to specific display requirements using software programmable
refresh rates
CONNECTORS
POWER:
•
•
•
BNC Composite Video Input
S-Video Video Input
Composite LED indicates that its respective connector is currently selected
for video input
S-Video LED indicates that its respective connector is currently selected
for video input
•
•
•
NXP-TPI/4 unit: 750 mA @ 12 VDC
TP4-VID input card: 400 mA @ 12 VDC
TP4-RGB input card: 400 mA @ 12 VDC
MEMORY:
•
•
64MB SDRAM (upgradeable to 256MB)
64MB Compact Flash (upgradeable to 1GB) factory programmed
with panel firmware
•
TP4-RGB
TPI/4 RGB Input Card
FG2275-20
DIMENSIONS:
•
•
•
NXP-TPI/4: 2.12" x 16.95" x 10.24"
(5.38 cm x 43.05 cm x 26.01 cm)
TP4-VID: 1.05" x 2.80" x 8.60" (with connector - 9.34 cm)
(2.67 cm x 7.11 cm x 21.84 cm (with connector - 23.72 cm)
TP4-RGB: 1.05" x 2.80" x 8.60"
FEATURES:
•
•
•
•
HD15 RGB connector for RGB graphics
640x480 to 1600x1200 (scaled to 1280x1024)
USB Mouse/Keyboard Output
Use the TP4-RGB input module in any input slot to connect RGB-type sources
such as VGA, SVGA, etc.
Accepts RGBHV, RGBS (H/V), and RGsB
(2.67 cm x 7.11 cm x 21.84 cm)
WEIGHT:
•
•
•
•
NXP-TPI/4 base unit: 4.80 lbs (2.18 kg)
NXP-TPI/4 with two cards: 6.05 lbs (2.74 kg)
Accepts computer-level graphics for resizeable video windows
USB host port used for pass-through computer control
•
ENCLOSURE:
CONNECTORS
•
Metal with black matte finish
•
HD-15 D-Sub Graphics Input
•
USB Mouse/Keyboard Output Port
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
T P I / 4 A C C E S S O R I E S
TP4-RGBCBL
RGB Breakout Cable, 15 Pin Female
FG2275-30
NXA-CFTPI128M
128MB Compact Flash Upgrade for TPI/4
FG2116-12
NXA-CFTPI256M
256MB Compact Flash Upgrade for TPI/4
FG2116-13
NXA-CFTPI512M
512MB Compact Flash Upgrade for TPI/4
FG2116-14
NXA-CFTPI1G
1GB Compact Flash Upgrade for TPI/4
FG2116-15
NXA-EXM128M
128MB SDRAM Upgrade for TPI/4
FG079-01
NXA-EXM256M
256MB SDRAM Upgrade for TPI/4
FG079-02
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
Vie w P o in t W ir e le s s
To u c h P a n e ls
8 . 4 " M O D E R O V I E W P O I N T T O U C H P A N E L S
The 8.4" Modero ViewPoint (MVP-8400) is the ultimate user interface, incorporating wireless mobility, Table Top functionality, and
the flexibility to operate as a Wall/Flush Mount unit. The MVP-8400 also includes 1-way and 2-way communications capabilities
and standard 802.11b wireless technology. This MVP of control offers powerful and affordable Touch Panel solutions, achieving
one-touch automation without compromising the advanced control features that have become staples of AMX.
MVP-8400
8.4" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel
FG5965-02
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
The MVP-8400 sets a new benchmark in wireless Touch Panel control,
providing maximum comfort and convenience. The popular, AMX-exclusive
SmoothTilt™, available on every Modero Touch Panel, enhances Table Top
convenience. With one hand, the MVP-8400 can be quietly and effortlessly
adjusted for the optimum viewing angle. The MVP-8400 continues to provide
the most innovative features on the market, including the ability to display
stunning G4 graphics and wireless multimedia. The MVP-8400 is just the right
size for any integrated environment. AMX now enables the end user and dealer
to choose from an expanded line of Modero Touch Panels, designed to meet
their specific needs today and into the future.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
MVP-TDS, Table Top/Tilt Docking Station
MVP-WDS, Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station
MVP-KS, Kickstand
MVP-BP, Spare Battery Pack
PS4.4, Power Supply
MVP-STYLUS, Pack of 3 Stylus
CB-MVPWDS, Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station Conduit Box
CC-USB, Programming Cable
NXA-CFSP128M, 128M Compact Flash
NXA-CFSP256M, 256M Compact Flash
NXA-CFSP512M, 512M Compact Flash
NXA-CFSP1G, 1G Compact Flash
STANDARD FEATURES
(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)
DISPLAY
MECHANICAL FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
8.4" Color active-matrix TFT
(800 x 600 pixel resolution)
Viewing Angle: + 120° (Left to Right)
+ 80° (Top to Bottom)
Display colors: 256K (18-bit color depth)
Brightness: 180 cd/m2
Contrast: 350:1
Anti-glare Overlay
Aspect Ratio: 4x3
•
Dimensions (HWD): 7.165" x 10.474" x 1.205" (18.20 cm x 26.60 cm x 3.06 cm)
•
Weight: 2.0 lbs (0.91 kg)
MEMORY
•
64MB RAM
•
64MB Compact Flash (upgradeable to 1GB)
POWER
•
Operates with 1 or 2 MVP-BP battery packs
•
12 VDC Power Supply for recharging batteries
INTERFACES
•
•
•
•
802.11b Wireless Ethernet for 2-way network communications
Mini-USB for programming file transfer
Docking Station Interconnect
Power Supply, coaxial barrel connector
FRONT PANEL
•
•
•
Front Buttons: 9 programmable buttons
Speakers: 2 internal
Microphone: Used for intercom applications
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
•
•
•
Two MVP-BP
PS4.4
Stylus
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
7 . 5 " M O D E R O V I E W P O I N T T O U C H P A N E L S
The 7.5" Modero ViewPoint (MVP-7500) is the ultimate user interface, incorporating wireless mobility, Table Top functionality, and
the flexibility to operate as a Wall/Flush Mount unit. The MVP-7500 also includes 1-way and 2-way communications capabilities
and standard 802.11b wireless technology. This MVP of control offers powerful and affordable Touch Panel solutions, achieving
one-touch automation without compromising the advanced control features that have become staples of AMX.
MVP-7500
7.5" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel
FG5965-02
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
The MVP-7500 provides maximum comfort and convenience – the perfect size
for any integrated environment. The popular, AMX-exclusive SmoothTilt™,
available on every Modero Touch Panel, enhances Table Top convenience. With
one hand, the MVP-7500 can be quietly and effortlessly adjusted for the
optimum viewing angle. The MVP-7500 continues to provide the most
innovative features on the market, including the ability to display stunning G4
graphics. AMX now enables the end user and dealer to choose from an
expanded line of Modero Touch Panels, designed to meet their specific needs
today and into the future.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
MVP-TDS, Table Top/Tilt Docking Station
MVP-WDS, Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station
MVP-KS, Kickstand
MVP-BP, Spare Battery Pack
MVP-STYLUS, Pack of 3 Stylus
CB-MVPWDS, Conduit Box
CC-USB, Programming Cable
NXA-CFSP128M, 128M Compact Flash
NXA-CFSP256M, 256M Compact Flash
NXA-CFSP512M, 512M Compact Flash
NXA-CFSP1G, 1G Compact Flash
STANDARD FEATURES
(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)
DISPLAY
MECHANICAL FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
7.5" Color passive-matrix
(600 x 480 pixel resolution)
Viewing Angle: + 80° (Top to Bottom)
+ 80° (Top to Bottom)
Display colors: 4K (12-bit color depth)
Brightness: 120 cd/m2
Contrast: 20:1
•
Dimensions (HWD): 7.165" x 10.474" x 1.329" (18.20 cm x 26.60 cm x 3.37 cm)
•
Weight: 2.0 lbs (0.91 kg)
Anti-glare Overlay
Aspect Ratio: 4 x 3
MEMORY
•
64MB RAM
•
64MB Compact Flash (upgradeable to 1GB)
POWER
•
Operates with 1 or 2 MVP-BP battery packs
•
12-18 VDC Power Supply for recharging batteries
INTERFACES
•
•
•
•
802.11b Wireless Ethernet for 2-way network communications
Mini-USB for programming file transfer
Docking Station Interconnect
Power Supply, coaxial barrel connector
FONT PANEL
•
Front Buttons: 9 programmable buttons
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
•
•
•
One MVP-BP
PS4.4
Stylus
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
M O D E R O V I E W P O I N T A C C E S S O R I E S
MVP-TDS
MVP Table Top Docking Station
FG5965-10
MVP-WDS
MVP Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station
FG5965-11
Place the wireless MVP into the Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station and
re-charge its batteries while remaining in continuous control of your integrated
technology. The adjustable station creates just the right viewing angle for any
situation. Attach a keyboard and mouse using the docking station's USB ports -
a great feature for surfing the Web with the G4 Computer Control application.
Place the wireless MVP into the Table Top Docking Station and re-charge its
batteries while remaining in continuous control of your integrated technology.
The adjustable station creates just the right viewing angle for any situation.
Attach a keyboard and mouse using the docking station's USB ports - a great
feature for surfing the Web with the G4 Computer Control application.
The MVP-WDS comes with a unique anti-theft locking mechanism. Keep your
MVP panels safe and secure by using the MVP-WDS security latch to maintain
a tight grip on your panel. Removing the panel is just as easy. With a push of
the button, the MVP glides forward for removal and transport. If security is
enabled, a user must enter a valid security code before the MVP is released.
STANDARD FEATURES
(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)
DIMENSIONS (HWD)
•
Fully raised: 7.40" x 7.01" x 9.83" (18.80 cm x 17.80 cm x 25.00 cm)
•
Fully lowered height: 4.27" (10.80 cm)
WEIGHT
STANDARD FEATURES
(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)
•
4.57 lbs. (2.07 kg)
DIMENSIONS (HWD)
FRONT PANEL FEATURES:
•
8.62" x 12.70" x 2.99" (29.90 cm x 32.30 cm x 7.59 cm)
•
Electromagnet to secure the MVP to the MVP-TDS
•
Release push button to disengage the electromagnet and remove the MVP from
the MVP-TDS
Two LEDs (through push button) to indicate battery-charging status and
MVP communications
WEIGHT
•
4.17 lbs. (189 kg)
•
FRONT PANEL FEATURES:
•
•
•
Rare earth magnet to secure the MVP to the MVP-WDS
Release push button to remove the MVP from the MVP-WDS
Two LEDs (through push button) to indicate battery-charging status and
MVP communications
REAR PANEL FEATURES:
•
(2) Type A USB ports, for keyboard and mouse
Power supply jack, 13.5VDC, 6mm coaxial male
•
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:
REAR PANEL FEATURES:
•
•
•
•
MVP-8400, 8.4" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel
MVP-7500, 7.5" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel
MVP-BP, Modero ViewPoint Battery Pack
•
(2) Type A USB ports, for keyboard and mouse
•
Power supply jack, 13.5VDC, 6mm coaxial male
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:
PS4.4, 4.4A, power supply with 6mm coaxial connector
•
•
•
•
•
MVP-8400, 8.4" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel
MVP-7500, 7.5" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel
MVP-BP, Modero ViewPoint Battery Pack
PS4.4, 4.4A, power supply with 3.5mm phoenix-style connector
CB-MVPWDS, Conduit box for MVP-WDS
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
M O D E R O V I E W P O I N T A C C E S S O R I E S
PS4.4
13.5 VDC, 4.4 Power Supply,
(regulated 110/220 VAC input)
FG423-44
MVP-KS
MVP KickStand
FG5965-12
APPLICATION
•
DC power for MVP-7500, MVP-8400 and MVP-TDS
DC POWER OUTPUT
The MVP KickStand, MVP-KS, is compatible with both the MVP-7500 and
MVP-8400 Touch Panel. The MVP-KS allows the MVP to rest at an optimal
viewing angle on any flat level surface.
•
•
•
13.5 Volts DC, 4.4 Amps
6mm Coaxial barrel-style plug
Switching regulated, overload protected
STANDARD FEATURES
AC POWER INPUT
(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)
•
100-240 VAC
DIMENSIONS (HWD)
•
50-60 Hz
•
6.34" x 7.91" x 0.59" (16.10 cm x 20.10 cm x 1.50 cm)
ENCLOSURE
WEIGHT
•
Molded black matte plastic
•
0.67 lbs. (0.30 kg)
•
international IEC cable socket
DIMENSIONS (HWD)
•
4.6" x 2.3" x 1.5" (117 mm x 58 mm x 35 mm)
MVP-BP
MVP Battery Pack
FG5965-20
WEIGHT
•
1 lb. (0.45 kg)
STANDARD FEATURES
(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)
DIMENSIONS (HWD)
PSN4.4
•
0.48" x 1.52" x 8.65" (1.23 cm x 3.86 cm x 21.97 cm)
13.5 VDC, 4.4 Power Supply,
(regulated 110/220 VAC input)
WEIGHT
FG423-45
•
0.67 lbs. (0.30 kg)
POWER
APPLICATION
•
Lithium Ion Cells - 7.2 Volts, 3600 mAh
•
DC power for NetLinx systems, MVP-WDS and CV7 Touch Panel
DC POWER OUTPUT
CC-USB
MVP/CV7 Programming Cable
FG10-5965
•
•
•
13.5 Volts DC, 4.4 Amps
3.5 mm phoenix-style plug
Switching regulated, overload protected
APPLICATION
AC POWER INPUT
•
Connects a PC's USB port to the MVP-7500, MVP-8500 or CV7 Touch Panel
•
100-240 VAC
•
Used to transfer firmware kit files, TPD4 Touch Panel files and IR files
•
50-60 Hz
ENCLOSURE
•
Molded black matte plastic
international IEC cable socket
MVP-STYLUS
Replacement MVP Stylus, pack of 3
FG5965-30
•
DIMENSIONS (HWD)
•
4.6" x 2.3" x 1.5" (117 mm x 58 mm x 35 mm)
WEIGHT
•
1 lb. (0.45 kg)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
V I E W P O I N T T O U C H P A N E L S
Wireless ViewPoint Touch Panels are an elegant integration of graphic control, wireless convenience, timeless styling and low-cost
practicality. The 1-way and 2-way ViewPoint panels are designed for both desktop and hand-held operation.
VPT-CP
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
1-Way ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch panel
FG5964-304
FG5964-418
FG5964-433
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
FG5964-310
FG5964-315
304 MHz, Black
418 MHz, Black
433 MHz, Black
VPN-CP
2-Way ViewPoint Color Wireless
Touch Panel
(includes VPA-BP battery)
FG5964-02 2.4 GHz, Black
310 MHz, Black
315 MHz, Black
Designed for flexible wireless operation, 2-way ViewPoint panels communicate
with Axcess receivers via 2-way NetWave RF, a new spread-spectrum
technology that delivers increased performance and range. A plug-in high-
power, rechargeable NiMH Battery Pack delivers up to two weeks of power with
typical use, or up to six hours of continuous operation.
Designed for flexible wireless operation, 1-way ViewPoint panels communicate
with Axcess receivers via 1-way RF or IR commands. A plug-in high-power,
rechargeable NiMH Battery Pack delivers up to two weeks of power with typical
use, or up to six hours of continuous operation.
DISPLAY TYPE:
DISPLAY TYPE:
•
256-color passive-matrix LCD
•
256-color passive-matrix LCD
SCREEN DIMENSIONS:
SCREEN DIMENSIONS:
•
6" (152 mm) diagonal; 4.7" x 3.5" (118 mm x 89 mm)
•
6" (152 mm) diagonal; 4.7" x 3.5" (118 mm x 89 mm)
SCREEN RESOLUTION (HV):
SCREEN RESOLUTION (HV):
•
320x240 pixels
•
320x240 pixels
MEMORY:
MEMORY:
•
2.5MB (2MB flash)
•
2.5MB (2MB flash)
TRANSMISSION:
TRANSMISSION:
•
1-Way Wireless RF – Must specify frequency
1-Way Wireless IR – Switchable high-/low-frequency IR (455 or 38 kHz). Can
transmit downloaded manufacturer IR codes
•
•
2-Way NetWave RF – 2.4 GHz spread-spectrum 500-foot range
•
1-Way IR – Can transmit downloaded manufacturer IR codes
INCLUDES: (DOES NOT INCLUDE RECEIVER)
INCLUDES: (DOES NOT INCLUDE RECEIVER)
•
•
•
•
•
Four programmable side-screen control buttons
Internal battery charger
VPA-BP rechargeable NiMH battery
1.5 A @12 VDC power supply
3´ (9.8 m) RS-232 programming adapter cable
•
•
•
•
•
Four programmable side-screen control buttons
Internal battery charger
VPA-BP rechargeable NiMH battery
1.5 A @12 VDC power supply
3' (9.8 m) RS-232 programming adapter cable
ENCLOSURE:
•
ENCLOSURE:
Molded plastic with black matte finish
•
Molded plastic with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
2.8" x 8.8" x 6.0" (71 mm x 222 mm x 152 mm)
•
2.8" x 8.8" x 6.0" (71 mm x 222 mm x 152 mm)
POWER:
•
Power supply or battery (6-hour continuous battery operation)
POWER:
WEIGHT:
•
•
Power supply or battery (6-hour continuous battery operation)
1.8 lbs (0.8 kg) with battery
1.6 lbs (0.7 kg) without battery
WEIGHT:
•
•
1.8 lbs (0.8 kg) with battery or 1.6 lbs (0.7 kg) without battery
SOFTWARE:
•
SOFTWARE:
TPDesign3 Touch Panel design/programming
VPXpress ViewPoint System Software
•
TPDesign3 Touch Panel design/programming
•
•
VPXpress ViewPoint System Software
OPTIONS:
•
•
•
VPA-DS ViewPort Docking Station
VPA-BP Battery Pack
AXR-RF Receiver
OPTIONS:
•
•
•
VPA-DS ViewPort Docking Station
VPA-BP Battery Pack
AXR-NWS NetWave Server
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
V I E W P O I N T T O U C H P A N E L A C C E S S O R I E S
VPA-DS
ViewPort Docking Station
FG5961-02
VPA-BP
ViewPoint Rechargeable
Battery (NiMH)
FG0962
Cradles ViewPoint Touch Panel at perfect angle for Table Top control.
BATTERY:
•
6-cell NiMH (Nickel Metal Hydride) 7.2 VDC, 3.7 Amp hours
FEATURES
BATTERY LIFE:
•
Charges ViewPoint’s internal battery fully within two hours
•
Approx. 6 hours full-bright run time (1-way wireless)
•
Stores spare VPA-BP battery pack; charges battery when ViewPoint is not present
in cradle
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
LED INDICATORS
5.3" x 2.0" x 0.7" (136 mm x 51 mm x 18 mm)
•
•
•
Red – spare battery is charging
Yellow – ViewPoint connected to cradle
Green – spare battery is fully charged
WEIGHT:
•
11.7 oz (331.7 g)
OPTIONS:
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
•
VPA-DS ViewPort Docking Station
4.8" x 8.3" x 7.62" (122 mm x 211 mm x 194 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
18.4 oz (522 g)
2 - W A Y W I R E L E S S R E C E I V E R
POWER:
•
1.52 A @12 VDC power supply (not included)
1 - W A Y W I R E L E S S R F A N D I R R E C E I V E R S
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
AXR-RF
AXR-NWS
RF Receiver (AXLink)
NetWave Server
FG782-304
FG782-310
FG782-315
FG782-418
FG782-433
304 MHz
310 MHz
315 MHz
418 MHz
433 MHz
(NetWave 2-way 2.4 gHz RF, AXLink)
FG5930-02
FEATURES
•
Transmits and receives 2-way wireless commands
RF Reception: Super-heterodyne, must specify frequency
•
Manages up to 16 ViewPoint or other NetWave wireless panels
RF FREQUENCY
RANGE:
•
NetWave 2.4 GHz digital spread-spectrum RF, 500-foot range
•
100-300' range, depending on transmitter
WIRING
INCLUDES:
•
4-pin AXLink terminal
•
Movable, hinged antenna to allow optimal placement
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
ENCLOSURE:
•
1.5" x 5.5" x 6.5" (38 mm x 140 mm x 165 mm)
•
Molded black matte plastic for free-standing use
WEIGHT:
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
1.4 lbs (0.6 kg)
•
1.5" x 5" x 5" (38 mm x 129 mm x 129 mm)
POWER:
WEIGHT:
•
12 VDC, 100 mA
•
11.6 oz (330 g)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
G 3
To u c h P a n e ls
1 0 . 4 " C O L O R G R A P H I C A C T I V E T O U C H P A N E L S
Size and functionality make the 10.4" Touch Panel one of the most universally accepted user interfaces in the industry.
Sleek and unobtrusive, it fits into any decor and accommodates all the controls needed for a system of any size.
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
AXD-CG10/PB
AXT-CG10
Color Graphic Flush Mount,
External Push Buttons, Black
10.4" Color Graphic
Table Top Touch Panel
FG952-91
FG950-60
The AXD-CG10 Color Graphic Active Flush Mount Touch Panel provides
simplified full-size control on walls, in lecterns, and on other flat surfaces. The
AXD-CG10 communicates with the control system over the AXLink data bus.
This panel uses a color active-matrix 10.4" LCD to display interactive control
graphics, a video window that can be resized, and a full-screen display of
computer-driven images.
• Screen tilts for best viewing angle
• 10.4" color-active LCD with a 640x480 pixel resolution
• Features a full-screen VGA graphics window
• Includes a resizeable video window
POWER
POWER
•
1 A @ 12 VDC
•
1 A @ 12 VDC
MEMORY
BASE DIMENSIONS
•
4MB
•
8.88" x 12.88" x 2.19" (22.56 cm x 32.72 cm x 5.56 cm)
CONNECTORS
BEZEL COLOR OPTIONS
•
•
•
•
4-pin AXLink and 2-pin 12VDC power jacks
DB-9 male PC/mouse input
RCA female connector
15-pin DB-15 (high density) male connector
•
Black, white or ivory
DÉCOR®-STYLE ENCLOSURES
•
Matte finish, screwed security overlay
BASE DIMENSIONS
OPTIONS
•
11.46" x 9.46" (29.12 cm x 24.0 cm)
•
CB-TP3 Backbox
TILT SCREEN HEIGHTS
WEIGHT
•
Lowered – 4.14" (10.52 cm)
Raised – 9.84" (24.99 cm)
•
6.1 lbs (2.77 kg)
•
WEIGHT
ADDITIONAL PANEL CONFIGURATIONS
•
4.6 lbs (2.08 kg)
AXD-CV10
Color Video Flush Mount, White
FG951-90
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
AXD-CG10
Color Graphic Flush Mount, Ivory
FG952-95
AXM-CG10/PB
10.4" Color Graphic Video
Rack Mount Touch Panel,
External Buttons
FG952-61
AXD-CG10
The AXM-CG10 10.4" Color Active Graphic Rack-Mount Touch Panel is the
ultimate power tool, complete with full-screen graphics, video and control
functions – all within the same, integrated, graphic Touch Panel.
10.4" Color Graphic Flush Mount Touch Panel, Black
FG952-90
AXD-CG10/PB
POWER
Color Graphic Flush Mount, External Push Buttons, White
•
1 A @ 12 VDC
FG951-91
DIMENSIONS
•
8.72" x 19.00" x 8.1" (22.15 cm x 48.26 cm x 4.62 cm)
19.0" Rack Mount, Metal with black matte finish, 5 rack units high
AXD-CG10/PB
Color Graphic Flush Mount, External Push Buttons, Ivory
FG952-96
•
WEIGHT
•
6.1 lbs (2.77 kg)
ADDITIONAL PANEL OPTION
AXM-CG10
Color Graphic Rack Mount
FG952-60
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
1 0 . 4 " C O L O R V I D E O A C T I V E T O U C H P A N E L S
The 10.4" Touch Panels from AMX are still some of the most popular user interfaces in the control industry.
AXD-CV10/PB
10.4" Color Video
AXT-CV10
Flush Mount Touch Panel,
10.4" Color Video Table Top
External Buttons
FG952-81
Touch Panel
FG950-40
The AXD-CV10/PB Color Video Flush Mount Touch Panel with External
Pushbuttons provides simplified full-size control on walls, in lecterns and on
other flat surfaces. The panel communicates with a control system over the
AXLink data bus. The AXD-CV10/PB has a color active-matrix 10.4" LCD,
control graphics and a video window that can be resized.
• Screen tilts for best viewing angle
• 10.4" color-active LCD with a 640 x 480 pixel resolution
• Includes a resizeable video window
POWER
POWER
•
1 A @ 12 VDC
•
1 A @ 12 VDC
MEMORY
BASE DIMENSIONS
•
5MB (4MB flash)
•
8.88" x 12.88" x 2.19" (22.56 cm x 32.72 cm x 5.56 cm)
CONNECTORS
BEZEL COLORS
•
•
•
4-pin AXLink and 2-pin 12VDC power jacks
DB-9 male PC/mouse input
RCA female connector
•
Black or white
DÉCOR-STYLE ENCLOSURES
•
Matte finish, screwed security overlay, and BB-TP3 Backbox
BASE DIMENSIONS
•
11.46" x 9.46" (29.12 cm x 24.0 cm)
PUSHBUTTONS
•
Up to 24 pushbuttons (/PB), 12 on each side
TILT SCREEN HEIGHTS
•
Lowered – 4.14" (10.52 cm)
Raised – 9.84" (24.99 cm)
OPTIONS
•
•
BB-TP3 Backbox
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
•
4.6 lbs (2.08 kg)
•
6.1 lbs (2.77 kg)
ADDITIONAL PANEL CONFIGURATIONS
AXD-CV10
Color Video Flush Mount, Black
FG952-80
AXM-CV10/PB
AXD-CG10
Color Graphic Flush Mount, White
FG951-80
10.4" Color Video
Rack Mount Touch Panel,
External Buttons
FG950-41
The AXM-CG10 10.4" Color Graphic Rack-Mount Touch Panel is the ultimate
power tool, complete with full-screen graphics, video and control functions –
all within the same, integrated, graphic Touch Panel.
AXD-CV10
Color Video Flush Mount, Ivory
FG952-85
POWER
•
1 A @ 12 VDC
AXD-CV10/PB
Color Video Flush Mount, External Push Buttons, White
FG951-81
DIMENSIONS
•
8.72" x 19.00" x 8.1" (22.15 cm x 48.26 cm x 4.62 cm)
•
19.0" Rack Mount, Metal with black matte finish, 5 rack units high
AXD-CV10/PB
Color Video Flush Mount, External Push Buttons, Ivory
FG952-86
WEIGHT
•
6.1 lbs (2.77 kg)
ADDITIONAL PANEL OPTION
AXM-CV10
Color Graphic Rack Mount
FG952-80
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
1 0 . 4 " C O L O R A C T I V E T O U C H P A N E L S
The 10.4" Touch Panels from AMX are still some of the most popular user interfaces in the control industry.
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
AXT-CA10
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
10.4" Color Active
Touch Panel
FG950-30
AXD-CA10/PB
10.4" Color Active
Flush Mount Touch Panel,
External Buttons
FG952-71
The 10.4" Touch Panels from AMX are still some of the most popular user
interfaces in the control industry.
• Screen tilts for best viewing angle
The AXD-CA10/PB Color Active Flush Mount Touch Panel with External
Pushbuttons provides simplified full-size touch control on walls, in lecterns
and on other flat surfaces. The AXD-CA10/PB communicates with the control
system over the AXLink data bus. The panel displays control graphics on a
color active-matrix 10.4" LCD.
• 10.4" color-active LCD with a 640x480 pixel resolution
POWER
•
1 A @ 12 VDC
• Installs into a flat surface
MEMORY
• Viewing angle can be changed dependent on location: Wall or podium
•
5MB (4MB flash)
POWER
CONNECTORS
•
1 A @ 12 VDC
•
4-pin AXLink and 2-pin 12VDC power jacks
BASE DIMENSIONS
•
DB-9 male PC/mouse input
•
8.88" x 12.88" x 2.19" (22.56 cm x 32.72 cm x 5.56 cm)
BASE DIMENSIONS
BEZEL COLORS
•
11.46" x 9.46" (29.12 cm x 24.0 cm)
•
Black or white
TILT SCREEN HEIGHTS
DÉCOR-STYLE ENCLOSURES
•
Lowered – 4.14" (10.52 cm)
•
Matte finish, screwed security overlay, and BB-TP3 Backbox
•
Raised – 9.84" (24.99 cm)
ENCLOSURE
PUSHBUTTONS
•
Black plastic with matte finish
•
Up to 24 pushbuttons (/PB), 12 on each side
WEIGHT
OPTIONS
•
4.6 lbs (2.08 kg)
•
CB-TP3 Backbox
WEIGHT
•
6.1 lbs (2.77 kg)
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
ADDITIONAL PANEL CONFIGURATIONS
AXM-CA10/PB
10.4" Color Active
Rack Mount Touch Panel,
External Buttons
AXD-CA10
Color Active Flush Mount, Black
FG950-30
FG952-21
The AXM-CA10 10.4" Color Active Rack-Mount Touch Panel with External
Pushbuttons features a large, brilliant LCD that helps to transform advanced
technology into easy-to-operate tools. This includes interactive graphics that
perform a number of functions at the simple touch of a command button.
AXD-CA10
Color Active Flush Mount, White
FG951-70
• Installs into a flat surface
• Viewing angle can be changed dependent on location: Wall or podium
AXD-CA10
Color Active Flush Mount, Ivory
FG952-70
POWER
•
1 A @ 12 VDC
DIMENSIONS
AXD-CA10/PB
Color Active Flush Mount, External Push Buttons, White
•
8.72" x 19.00" x 1.78" (22.15 cm x 48.26 cm x 4.52 cm)
WEIGHT
FG952-71
•
6.1 lbs (2.77 kg)
AXD-CA10/PB
Color Active Flush Mount, External Push Buttons, Ivory
FG952-76
ADDITIONAL PANEL OPTION
AXM-CA10
Color Graphic Rack Mount
FG952-20
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
G 3 T O U C H P A N E L A C C E S S O R I E S
CB-TP3
TP3 Conduit Box
FG025-10
APPLICATIONS:
• AXD-CG and AXD-CG/PB
• AXD-CV and AXD-CV/PB
• AXD-CA and AXD-CA/PB
EXM-1MB
1MB Extended Memory
FG074
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
6 " C O L O R A C T I V E V I D E O T O U C H P A N E L S
AC-CV6T
Table Top Enclosure (Accessory)
FG5924-20
FG5924-21
FG5924-22
Dark Gray
Platinum
Unfinished
Aluminum
AXD-CV6
6" Color Active Video
Flush Mount Touch Panel
FG5924-10
White
FG5924-11
Black
The AC-CV6T Table Top Enclosure is a pioneering effort by AMX to create yet
another ideal control and automation feature. With so many end users drawn to
the overall functionality and design of the 6" Touch Panel, creating the AC-
CV6T for added convenience was the next step.
Like to see the video you’re controlling? Looking for the perfect panel for
the wall or lectern? You’ll love the CV6 6" Color Active Video Flush Mount
Touch Panel. Featuring a resizeable video window, colorful icons and simplified
menus, the 6" panel is the ideal navigator to your media-rich world.
The Table Top Enclosure remains small in size so that the 6" Touch Panel
delivers the ultimate in convenience and practicality. The end user can
comfortably navigate on-screen buttons, security cameras, baby-cams and
more. The AC-CV6T can be positioned on a coffee table or desk for ongoing
control and automation at all times. The metal casing is offered in Dark Gray
and Platinum, and also customizable unfinished Aluminum in order to match
any interior decoration.
FEATURES
Display Type: 6" color active-matrix LCD, 320x240 pixels
Video: Resizeable video window, NTSC/PAL/SECAM video
Memory: 2.5MB (2MB flash, 512KB RAM))
Network: AXLink
COMPATIBILITY AND CONNECTIONS
Power: 12 VDC, 1.18 A
•
All AXD-CV6 models only
Design Software: TPDesign3
•
All cable connections are routed out of the enclosure through the rear opening
on the enclosure.
INCLUDES
•
•
Internal connectors are equivalent to those AXD-CV6 rear connectors
AXD unit contains a 4-pin AXLink connector for communication to an AMX
Central Controller and a BNC connector for video signals.
•
•
•
•
4-pin AXLink terminal
2-pin PWR terminal
Mounting Set (drywall clips and screws)
Mounting Template
•
AC-CV6T Table Top cable (Video/AXLink cable combo) – 10' (3.05 meters).
Uses BNC and mini-Phoenix AXLink connectors
CONNECTIONS
OPTIONS
•
•
•
•
BNC Video input
•
•
•
PSN2.8 Power Supply
PSN6.5 Power Supply
CB-CV6 Conduit/Wallbox (includes flanges for installation to studs during
the construction phase)
4-pin AXLink terminal
2-pin power terminal
DB-9-Program port
ENCLOSURE
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT
•
Faceplate available in white (standard) or black finish
•
•
•
•
AXT Table Top unit: 3.84" X 6.48" X 5.33" (9.75 cm x 16.46 cm x 13.54 cm)
Faceplate: 6.37" x 8.66" x 0.62" (16.18 cm x 21.99 x 1.57 cm)
Entire unit: 11.49 lbs. (5.21 kg)
•
Molded backbox mounts to any flat surface
MOUNTING
Enclosure only: 3.75 lbs. (1.70 kg)
•
Included metal enclosure easily surface-mounts with screws or drywall clips
•
Panel snaps into enclosure for seamless, simple installation
DIMENSIONS (HWD)
•
Faceplate: 5.37" x 6.79" x 0.3" (136.4 mm x 172.46 mm x 7.62 mm)
•
Backbox: 4.43" x 5.97" x 2.4" (112.52 mm x 151.63 mm x 60.9 mm)
WEIGHT
•
7.7 lbs (3.5 kg)
CB-CV6
CV6 Conduit Box
FG029-10
OPTIONS
•
CB-CV6 CV6 Backbox, simplifies pre-installation for AXD-CV6 panels
•
AC-CV6T Accessory Table Top Kit
Conduit box for AXD-CV6 Touch Panel
DIMENSIONS
•
6.05" x 4.50" x 3.40" (153.7 mm x 114.3 mm x 86.4 mm)
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
5 . 5 " C O L O R P A S S I V E T O U C H P A N E L S
AXD-MCP
5.5" Color Flush Mount Touch Panel
AXT-MCP
5.5" Color Passive Touch Panel
FG925-20
FG925-40
FG925-60
FG925-80
White
Black
Ivory
Big control capabilities in a compact size. The AXT-MCP 5.5" Color Passive
Touch Panel, boasts a vibrant color passive-matrix LCD, high resolution
graphics, a rich color background and an adjustable console for the best
viewing angle and ease of operation. As an option, 12 instant-access
buttons with custom engraving can be added for extended control features
(AXT-MCP/PB).
The 5.5" Color Flush Mount Touch Panel contains a mini 256 color
passive-matrix LCD. The self-contained enclosure uses a microprocessor to
control a wide range of multi-media equipment. Using the TPDesign3 software,
you can create custom control and display pages with buttons, icons, sliders,
bargraphs, time displays, logos and drawings.
• Mounts in a wall, lectern or any flat surface
• Mounts on any flat surface
• Available with white or black faceplates
• Available in black
• Available with pushbuttons (MCP/PB) or without pushbuttons (MCP)
• Available with pushbuttons (MCP/PB) or without pushbuttons (MCP)
LCD
LCD
•
•
•
5.5" color passive-matrix LCD with a resolution of 320x240 pixels
Visible area: 5 inches (12.70 cm)
Screen dimensions (HW): 3.05" x 4.06" (7.75 cm x 10.31 cm)
•
•
•
5.5" color passive-matrix LCD with a resolution of 320x240 pixels
Visible area: 5 inches (12.70 cm)
Screen dimensions (HW): 3.05" x 4.06" (7.75 cm x 10.31 cm)
POWER
POWER
•
485 mA @ 12 VDC
•
485 mA @ 12 VDC
MEMORY
MEMORY
•
512KB of SRAM and 2MB of flash for a total of 2.5MB
(2 MB available for buttons, icons, bitmaps, and fonts)
•
512KB of SRAM and 2MB of flash for a total of 2.5MB (2MB available for
buttons, icons, bitmaps and fonts)
DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS
•
•
•
Decor faceplate: 5.00" x 8.38" x 0.35" (12.70 cm x 21.27 cm x 0.89 cm)
Low-profile Back Box: 4.25" x 7.10" x 2.17" (10.80 cm x 18.03 cm x 5.51 cm)
BB-MTP: 4.17" x 6.98" x 2.17" (10.59 cm x 17.73 cm x 5.51 cm)
•
Base dimensions (WD): 8.23" x 7.51" (20.90 cm x 19.08 cm)
•
Display height: 3.87" (9.83 cm) fully lowered, 5.95"(15.11 cm) fully raised
ENCLOSURES
ENCLOSURES
•
Metal sub-plate and bezel with black or white matte finish
•
TiltScreen Table Top console; black plastic with matte finish
•
Detachable front panel faceplate
REAR CONNECTORS
REAR CONNECTORS
•
AXLink: Mini-XLR (male) 4-pin AXLink connector
•
AXLink: 4-pin male connector for transfer of data and power to the
AMX Central Controller
PUSHBUTTONS
•
12 programmable pushbuttons (6 on each side)
COMPATIBILITY
COMPATIBILITY
•
Axcess and Landmark Control Systems (AXLink is the most common
•
Axcess and Landmark Control Systems (AXLink is the most common
control standard)
control standard)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
•
•
•
•
•
•
PSN2.8 Power supply (can be used on the MCP)
PSN6.5 Power supply (recommended for use on the MCP)
4-pin mini-XLR
Cable assembly
External pushbuttons (6 per side)
CB-MTP and faceplate bezel security plates
•
•
•
PSN2.8 Power supply (can be used on the MCP)
PSN6.5 Power supply (recommended for use on the MCP)
External pushbuttons (6 per side)
WEIGHT
•
2.10 lbs (0.95 kg)
WEIGHT
•
3.90 lbs (1.70 kg)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
5 . 5 " C O L O R P A S S I V E T O U C H P A N E L S
AXD-MCP/PB
5.5" Color Flush Mount Touch Panel
with External Pushbuttons
AXM-MCP
FG925-41
FG925-61
FG925-81
White
Black
Ivory
5.5" Rack-Mount
Color Passive Touch Panel
FG925-90
Black
The 5.5" Color Flush Mount Touch Panel contains a mini 256 color
passive-matrix LCD. The self-contained enclosure uses a microprocessor to
control a wide range of multi-media equipment. Using the TPDesign3 software,
you can create custom control and display pages with buttons, icons, sliders,
bargraphs, time displays, logos and drawings.
• Mounts in a wall, lectern or any flat surface
• Available with a black faceplate
• Available with pushbuttons (MCP/PB) or without pushbuttons (MCP)
LCD
•
•
•
5.5" color passive-matrix LCD with a resolution of 320x240 pixels
Visible area: 5 inches (12.70 cm)
Screen dimensions (HW): 3.05" x 4.06" (7.75 cm x 10.31 cm)
• Mounts in a wall, lectern, or any flat surface
• Available with white or black faceplates
• Available with pushbuttons (MCP/PB) or without pushbuttons (MCP)
POWER
•
485 mA @ 12 VDC
LCD
MEMORY
•
•
•
•
5.5" color passive-matrix LCD with a resolution of 320x240 pixels
Visible area: 5 inches (12.70 cm)
Screen dimensions (HW): 3.05" x 4.06" (7.75 cm x 10.31 cm)
512KB of SRAM and 2MB of flash for a total of 2.5MB
(2MB available for buttons, icons, bitmaps, and fonts)
DIMENSIONS
POWER
•
Rack-mount: 5.22" x 19.0" x 2.37" (13.26 cm x 48.26 cm x 6.02 cm)
•
485 mA @ 12 VDC
ENCLOSURES
MEMORY
•
19" (48.3 cm) rack-mount; metal black matte finish
(3 rack units high)
•
512KB of SRAM and 2MB of flash for a total of 2.5MB
(2MB available for buttons, icons, bitmaps, and fonts)
REAR CONNECTORS
DIMENSIONS
•
AXLink: 4-pin male connector for transfer of data and power
to the AMX Central Controller
•
•
•
Decor faceplate: 5.00" x 8.38" x 0.35" (12.70 cm x 21.27 cm x 0.89 cm)
Low-profile Back Box: 4.25" x 7.10" x 2.17" (10.80 cm x 18.03 cm x 5.51 cm)
BB-MTP: 4.17" x 6.98" x 2.17" (10.59 cm x 17.73 cm x 5.51 cm)
COMPATIBILITY
•
Axcess and Landmark Control Systems (AXLink is the most common
ENCLOSURES
control standard)
•
Metal sub-plate and bezel with black or white matte finish
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
•
Detachable front panel faceplate
•
Low-profile Back Box
4-pin female AXLink bus connector
REAR CONNECTORS
•
•
AXLink: 4-pin male connector for transfer of data and power to
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
the AMX Central Controller
•
•
•
PSN2.8 Power supply (can be used on the MCP)
PSN6.5 Power supply (recommended for use on the MCP)
External pushbuttons (6 per side)
PUSHBUTTONS
•
12 programmable pushbuttons (6 on each side)
COMPATIBILITY
WEIGHT
•
•
Axcess and Landmark Control Systems (AXLink is the most common
control standard)
3.60 lbs (1.60 kg)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
•
•
•
•
•
•
PSN2.8 Power supply (can be used on the MCP)
PSN6.5 Power supply (recommended for use on the MCP)
4-pin mini-XLR
Cable assembly
External pushbuttons (6 per side)
CB-MTP and faceplate bezel security plates
WEIGHT
•
3.90 lbs (1.70 kg)
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
5 . 5 " C O L O R P A S S I V E T O U C H P A N E L S
CB-MTP
MTP Conduit box
FG027-10
AXM-MCP/PB
5.5" Rack-Mount Color Touch Panel
with External Pushbuttons
FG925-91
Black
APPLICATIONS
•
•
•
AXD-MLC and AXD-MLC/PB
AXD-MCV and AXD-MCV/PB
AXD-MCP and AXD-MCP/PB
• Mounts in a wall, lectern, or any flat surface
• Available with a black faceplate
• Available with pushbuttons (MCP/PB) or without pushbuttons (MCP)
LCD
•
•
•
5.5" color passive-matrix LCD with a resolution of 320x240 pixels
Visible area: 5 inches (12.70 cm)
Screen dimensions (HW): 3.05" x 4.06" (7.75 cm x 10.31 cm)
POWER
•
485 mA @ 12 VDC
MEMORY
•
512KB of SRAM and 2MB of flash for a total of 2.5MB
(2MB available for buttons, icons, bitmaps, and fonts)
DIMENSIONS
•
Rack-mount: 5.22" x 19.0" x 2.37" (13.26 cm x 48.26 cm x 6.02 cm)
ENCLOSURES
•
19" (48.3 cm) rack-mount; metal black matte finish (3 rack units
high)
PUSHBUTTONS
•
12 programmable pushbuttons (6 on each side)
REAR CONNECTORS
•
AXLink: 4-pin male connector for transfer of data and power to
the AMX Central Controller
COMPATIBILITY
•
Axcess and Landmark Control Systems (AXLink is the most common
control standard)
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
•
Low-profile Back Box
•
4-pin female AXLink bus connector
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
•
•
•
PSN2.8 Power supply (can be used on the MCP)
PSN6.5 Power supply (recommended for use on the MCP)
External pushbuttons (6 per side)
WEIGHT
•
3.60 lbs (1.60 kg)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
4 " C O L O R P A S S I V E T O U C H P A N E L S
Redesigned and ready to deliver enhanced control capabilities, in a minimum of space, at a price well within your budget.
The sleek AXD-CP4/A and AXT-CP4/A 4" Color Touch Panels boast numerous innovations: A microphone, speakers, an IR
receiver and buttons with LED indicators. This panel fits in nicely with any décor and provides just the right amount of control and
automation.
External programmable buttons, previously located at the bottom of the panel, are now positioned conveniently to the right side of
the screen and come with a set of 18 caps that include two “Up and Down" arrows, 10 pre-printed with labels, as well as six
blanks for customization or on-screen graphic user interface navigation. There is less need for custom engraving, and they are
also applicable internationally. Sharp graphics, colorful icons and an ergonomic design welcome you to take control with the
effortless press of a button. Intelligent light and motion sensors recognize when to adjust screen brightness to help eliminate glare
and will instantly activate the panel or automate the room as you approach.
AXT-CP4/A
4" Color Touch Panel with Audio
FG5921-30
Dark Gray
FG5921-31
Platinum
MICROPHONE
Table Top versions (AXT) are available in Dark Gray and Platinum.
•
Used for audio conferencing applications (intercom functionality)
SCREEN RESOLUTION
SPEAKERS
•
320x240 pixels (HV)
•
Frequency response 450 Hz - 7 KHz
VIEWING ANGLE
AXLINK/POWER
•
Horizontal viewing angle: -+50°
•
4-pin 3.5 mm mini-phoenix connector for communication to the AMX Central
Controller providing both data and power
•
Vertical viewing angle: -+50°
IR RECEPTION AREA
AUDIO
•
•
•
•
45° up on the AXT (30° on the AXD) from the horizontal plane
•
8-pin 3.5 mm mini-phoenix connector for audio input/output
15° down on the AXT (30° on the AXD) from the horizontal plane
40° right of the vertical plane (both AXD and AXT units)
40° left of the vertical plane (both AXD and AXT units)
PROGRAMMING PORT
•
2.5 mm stereo female conductor jack (side mounted)
EXTERNAL BUTTONS
POWER CONSUMPTION
•
Six interchangeable external pushbuttons. Pushbutton assignments can include
the typical Device/Channel numbers, Flip to Page option and String/Macro.
Buttons are used as interface tools that operate on-screen menus or turn On/Off
the controlled equipment.
•
770 mA @ 12 VDC
OPERATING ENVIRONMENT
•
Indoor operation at temperatures between 10° C (50° F) to 40° C (104° F) and a
humidity range of 5% to 90% RH (non-condensing)
EXTERNAL LEDS
•
MEMORY
•
External LEDs: Six LEDs located alongside each external pushbutton.
Independently operated and programmed.
512KB of SRAM and 2MB of Flash for a total memory of 2.5MB
(2MB is available for buttons, icons, bitmaps and fonts)
BUTTONS
•
ENCLOSURE
•
Set of 18 changeable button caps consisting of: six blanks, two embossed with
Up/Down arrows, and 10 engraved with standard icons. These buttons match the
bezel coloring.
Table Top enclosure is available in either Dark Gray (FG5921-30) or Platinum
(FG5921-31)
DIMENSIONS
BUTTONS LABELS
•
Table Top unit: 4.22" x 6.24" x 4.99" (10.72 cm x 15.85 mm x 12.67 mm)
•
10 standard icon pre-printed buttons
•
These buttons contain 10 icons covering the following functions: MENU, LIGHTS,
AUDIO, VIDEO, ENVIRONMENT, SECURITY, INTERCOM, MUTE, DRAPES and
POWER
WEIGHT
•
2.26 lbs. (1.03 kg)
LIGHT DETECTOR
•
Photosensitive light detector for adjustment of the panel brightness.
MOTION SENSOR
•
Proximity Infrared Detector to wake the panel when the panel is approached.
•
Activation range: + 20° vertically from center and + 45° horizontally from center.
IR RECEIVER
•
38 KHz, 1-way IR reception (of AMX codes only)
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
4 " C O L O R P A S S I V E T O U C H P A N E L S
OPERATING ENVIRONMENT
•
Indoor operation at temperatures between 10° C (50° F) to 40° C (104° F) and a
humidity range of 5% to 90% RH (non-condensing)
AXD-CP4/A
MEMORY
4" Color Flush Mount Touch Panel
with Audio
FG5921-20
FG5921-21
FG5921-22
•
512KB of SRAM and 2MB of Flash for a total memory of 2.5MB
(2MB is available for buttons, icons, bitmaps, and fonts).
Black
Almond
White
ENCLOSURE
•
BackBox with black matte finish Detachable front panel bezel are available in
White (FG5921-22), Black (FG5921-20) and Almond (FG5921-21)
SCREEN RESOLUTION
DIMENSIONS
•
320x240 pixels (HV)
•
Housing: 4.60" x 5.34" x 1.87" (11.68 cm x 13.56 cm x 4.75 cm)
VIEWING ANGLE
WEIGHT
•
Horizontal viewing angle: -+50°
•
2.23 lbs. (1.02 kg)
•
Vertical viewing angle: -+50°
IR RECEPTION AREA
AC-CP4A/WRB
Water Resistant Bezel Set for AXD-CP4/A
FG5921-24
•
•
•
•
45° up on the AXT (30° on the AXD) from the horizontal plane
15° down on the AXT (30° on the AXD) from the horizontal plane
40° right of the vertical plane (both AXD and AXT units)
40° left of the vertical plane (both AXD and AXT units)
Introducing the water-resistant bezels for AXD-CP4/A - AC-CP4A/WRB. Set
includes all three colors- white, black, and almond - covered with a thin
transparent water-resistant film to protect the bezel including the touch screen,
sensor lens, and pushbuttons. It also includes a rubber-foam gasket to "seal" a
potential gap between the bezel and the wall.
EXTERNAL BUTTONS
•
Six interchangeable external pushbuttons. Pushbutton assignments can include
the typical Device/Channel numbers, Flip to Page option and String/Macro.
Buttons are used as interface tools that operate on-screen menus or turn On/Off
the controlled equipment.
EXTERNAL LEDS
•
External LEDs: six LEDs located alongside each external pushbutton.
Independently operated and programmed.
BUTTONS
•
Set of 18 changeable button caps consisting of: six blanks, two embossed with
Up/Down arrows, and 10 engraved with standard icons. These buttons match the
bezel coloring.
CB-CP4/A
Conduit Box for AXD-CP4/A
FG033-10
BUTTONS LABELS
•
10 standard icon pre-printed buttons
•
These buttons contain 10 icons covering the following functions: MENU, LIGHTS,
AUDIO, VIDEO, ENVIRONMENT, SECURITY, INTERCOM, MUTE, DRAPES and POWER
CB-CP4/A is an optional Conduit/Wallbox for AXD-CP4/A Color Flush Mount
Touch Panels. It represents a metallic housing that is installed onto a beam in a
pre-wall setting. The Touch Panel is housed in a default back box that ships
with each unit that is not removed in the conduit box installation method.
LIGHT DETECTOR
•
Photosensitive light detector for adjustment of the panel brightness.
MOTION SENSOR
•
Proximity Infrared Detector to wake the panel when the panel is approached.
The CB-CP4/A Conduit/Wallbox package includes drywall clips and screws for
installation to studs during the construction phase.
•
Activation range: + 20° vertically from center and + 45° horizontally from center.
IR RECEIVER
DIMENSIONS:
•
38 KHz, one-way IR reception (of AMX codes only)
•
4.09" x 5.51" x 3.40" (10.39 cm x 13.99 cm x 8.64 cm)
MICROPHONE
•
Used for audio conferencing applications (intercom functionality)
SPEAKERS
•
Frequency response 450 Hz - 7 KHz
AXLINK/POWER
•
4-pin 3.5 mm mini-phoenix connector for communication to the AMX Central
Controller providing both data and power
AUDIO
•
8-pin 3.5 mm mini-phoenix connector for audio input/output
PROGRAMMING PORT
•
2.5 mm stereo female conductor jack (side mounted)
POWER CONSUMPTION
•
770 mA @ 12 VDC
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
4 " C O L O R P A S S I V E T O U C H P A N E L S
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
AXT-CP4
4" Color Table Top Touch Panel
AXD-CP4
4" Color Flush Mount Touch Panel
FG5921-10
FG5921-11
FG5921-12
White
Black
Ivory
FG5921
FG5921-01
FG5921-02
White
Black
Ivory
Need a touch of fun in your world? Choose the 4" Color Touch Panel and enjoy
the wonders of smart, colorful control all within the absolute minimum space
on your wall, table and budget. Take control from color menus and icons or
illuminated PDA-style engravable buttons below the screen. Intelligent sensors
adust the screen brightness so the panel glows without glaring, and can detect
your presence so the screen lights up as you approach. In addition to
controlling the LCD, the sensors can automatically turn PDA button
illumination on and off.
ENCLOSURE:
•
Faceplate available in white (standard), black or ivory finish.
•
Molded backbox mounts into wall or any flat surface
DISPLAY TYPE:
•
4" color passive-matrix LCD
SCREEN RESOLUTION:
•
(HV): 320x240 pixels
PDA BUTTONS:
•
Four backlit buttons and one left-right rocker button (two channels)
ENCLOSURE:
INCLUDES:
•
•
Molded Table Top, screen angled at 45 degrees for optimal viewing.
Light Sensor and Motion Sensor
•
Available in white, ivory and black colors
MEMORY:
•
DISPLAY TYPE:
2.5 MB (2MB flash)
•
4" color passive-matrix LCD
NETWORK:
•
SCREEN RESOLUTION:
AXLink
•
(HV): 320x240 pixels
POWER:
•
12 VDC, 750 mA
PDA BUTTONS:
DESIGN SOFTWARE:
•
Four backlit buttons and one left-right rocker button (two channels)
•
TPDesign3
INCLUDES:
MOUNTING:
•
•
Light Sensor and Motion Sensor
Included molded enclosure easily surface-mounts with screws or drywall clips.
Panel snaps into enclosure for seamless, simple installation
MEMORY:
•
2.5 MB (2 MB flash)
CONNECTIONS:
•
4-pin AXLink terminal, DB-9 RS-232 program port
NETWORK:
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
AXLink
•
Faceplate: 5.13" x 5.25" x 0.40" (130.3 mm x 133.4 mm x 10.16 mm)
Housing: 4.03" x 4.45" x 2.00" (102.36 mm x 113.03 mm x 50.8 mm)
POWER:
•
•
12 VDC, 750 Ma
WEIGHT:
•
DESIGN SOFTWARE:
4.5 lbs (2 kg)
•
TPDesign3
INCLUDES:
•
MOUNTING:
4-pin AXLink terminal, Mounting Set (drywall clips and screws) and Mounting
Template
•
Included molded enclosure easily surface-mounts with screws or drywall clips.
Panel snaps into enclosure for seamless, simple installation
CONNECTIONS:
•
4-pin AXLink terminal, DB-9 RS-232 program port
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
CB-CP4
Conduit box for AXD-CP4
FG028-10
•
4.04" x 5.25" x 4.64" (103 mm x 134 mm x 123 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
4.5 lbs (2 kg)
CB-CP4 is an optional Conduit/Wallbox for
AXD-CP4 Color Flush Mount Touch Panels.
It represents a metallic housing that is
INCLUDES:
•
4-pin AXLink terminal, Mounting Set (drywall clips and screws) and Mounting
Template
installed onto a beam in a pre-wall setting. The Touch Panel is housed in a
default back box that ships with each unit that is not removed in the conduit
box installation method.
The CB-CP4 Conduit/Wallbox package includes drywall clips and screws for
installation to studs during the construction phase.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
T O U C H P A N E L I N T E R F A C E 3
This is where multi-media control capabilities in the control industry really started. Today, the Touch Panel Interface 3 remains the
least expensive solution for incorporating multi-media into an AMX installation.
TP3-RGB
AXB-TPI/3
TPI/3 RGB INPUT CARD
FG5975-20
Touch Panel Interface 3
FG5975
Connect RGB-type sources.
The TPI/3 sets the standard for multi-media touch control. Display
simultaneously as many as three media windows, re-adjustable from
thumbnails to full-screen view.
•
5-BNC input connectors: R (Red), G (Green), B (Blue), H/HV
(Horizontal/Composite sync), V (Vertical sync)
•
•
500 mA power consumption
Mix and match any combination of video and computer input cards. Monitor
multiple video windows, all running at full-frame rate. Create up to nine video
windows by stacking as many as three Touch Panel Interface 3 units. Directly
command the PC mouse by touching the PC image on the Touch Panel screen.
And, of course, connect to AMX Axcess and NetLinx Control Systems.
The TP3-RGB input module accepts the following configurations:
- Red, green, blue, horizontal sync, vertical sync
- Red, green, blue, composite sync (on H/HV connector)
- Red, green, blue, with sync on green signal
To achieve the best video quality on the VGA and RGB modules, use an
alternating pixel pattern to fine tune the picture.
DISPLAY FORMATS
•
•
•
VGA (640x480; 60, 72, 75, 85 Hz)
SVGA (800x600; 56, 60, 72, 75 Hz)
XGA (1024x768; 60 Hz).
FRONT PANEL
TP3-VGA
TPI/3 VGA INPUT CARD
FG5975-30
•
•
•
Output Resolution LEDs
AXLink LED
Program Port
CONNECTORS
•
•
•
Mouse Port: RS-232 (DB-9) 9-pin serial port.
Monitor Output (VGA): HD-15 VGA output connector
Monitor Output (RGBHV) : RGB connection is done by using the five BNC output
connectors (from left to right) red (R), green (G), blue (B), horizontal sync (H), and
vertical sync (V).
Connect VGA-type sources (common for PCs).
•
•
•
One HD-15 input connector
500 mA power consumption
The TP3-VGA input module accepts the following configurations:
- Red, green, blue, horizontal sync, vertical sync
- Red, green, blue, composite sync
AXLINK CONNECTOR:
•
4-pin AXLink data/power bus jack
- Red, green, blue, with sync on green signal
POWER:
•
2-pin connector (Male)
MECHANICAL FEATURES
•
•
•
Dimensions: 3.47" x 13.75" x 8.38" (8.81 cm x 34.93 cm x 21.29 cm)
Weight: 4.85 lbs (2.20 kg)
Enclosure: Metal with black matte finish
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
TP3-VID
TPI/3 VIDEO INPUT CARD
FG5975-10
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
•
•
•
Two rack-mount ears and a package of rack screws
One 4-pin AXLink connector
One 2-pin PWR connector
Connect video sources, such as VCRs and DVDs.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Composite LED indicator (turns on when composite video input is detected).
Composite video input types: NTSC, SECAM, or PAL.
Composite input connector
S-Video LED indicator (turns on when S-Video input is detected).
S-Video input connector
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
•
PSN6.5 power supply (12 VDC)
•
Input module (TP3-VID, TP3-RGB, and TP3-VGA)
500 mA power consumption
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
1 5 " T O U C H M O N I T O R
Many control applications call for multi-media capabilities of the user interface devices. Connect the Platinum Series
15" Touch Monitor to a Touch Panel Interface 4 and experience one of the most popular, feature-intensive AMX system
solutions available.
USER-ACCESSIBLE CONTROLS (REAR BUTTONS)
PTM-D15
•
Power Switch: Turns the display On and Off
Platinum Series
•
MENU Select Button: Activates the On-Screen Display (OSD) to allow user access
of the configuration settings
15" Multimedia Touch Monitor
FG5976-68
•
•
UP Button: Increases the speaker volume. When the OSD is active, this button
moves the menu selection cursor clockwise to allow selection of menu items
DOWN Button: Decreases the speaker volume. When the OSD is active, this
button moves the menu selection cursor counter-clockwise to allow selection of
menu items
Our successful Platinum Series features the PTM-D15 15" Touch Monitor,
which combines elegant style with a rich look and feel. Used in concert with the
Touch Panel Interface 4, the 15" Touch Monitor delivers the ultimate in
interactive multi-media capabilities, including video, high-resolution graphics,
animated icons, integrated stereo speakers and more. This monitor has a wide
160° viewing angle and crisp color with incredible depth and contrast.
•
•
INCREASE Button: Increases the monitor’s brightness. When the OSD is active,
this button increases the selected item’s value.
DECREASE Button: Decreases the monitor’s brightness. When the OSD is active,
this button decreases the selected item’s value.
REAR CONNECTORS
The 15" Touch Monitor is applicable to Table Top or Surface Mount
installations. In either configuration, the monitor provides a comprehensive
point of control for any application – corporate boardroom, training facility,
university classroom or home.
•
•
•
•
•
•
VGA Analog Input: HD-15, 15-pin Mini D-Sub connector for VGA input
12 VDC external power supply (included)
USB - 1 upstream port connects the monitor to the computer
USB - 4 downstream ports connect the monitor to up to 4 external devices
Audio: Line-in (Blue), Line-out (Green) use a 3.5 mm Mini-jack
Touchscreen Interface 8-pin Mini-Din to DB-9 connector
Some of the most prominent features include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Receives a video signal through a DB-15 VGA connector
Supports 14 of the most popular user-definable resolution standards
Uses track wheels for +360° base swivel
TILT ANGLE/SWIVEL
•
Tilt Angle: 30°
Contains built-in audio speakers
•
Swivel: +360° from center
Provides input/output of audio signals
Provides USB upstream/downstream communication between the monitor and
external USB devices (including the computer)
AUDIO
•
Speakers: Internal (Left & Right) 30 mm x 70 mm
•
Output Power: 1.5 W + 1.5W RMS
DISPLAY
USB HUB
Featuring a widely accepted screen size, the 15" Touch Monitor accommodates
the most complex of control designs. Navigate on-screen graphics, monitor
real-time video and manage networked computers directly from the enhanced
touch-screen display. Lightning-fast response is literally right at your fingertips.
•
•
•
Compatible with USB version 1.1
1 upstream port
4 downstream ports
POWER
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Screen Size: 15" (38.10 cm) diagonal
Pixel Format: 1024x768 vertical strip
Pixel Pitch: 0.297 mm x 0.297 mm
Brightness: 220 cd/m2
Contrast Ratio: 300:1
Tilt Angle: 30° from vertical
•
AC: 90 ~ 265V, 50 ~ 60 Hz
•
Consumption: < 30 W (On), < 8 W (Stand-by), <5W (Off)
DIMENSION
•
16.56" x 16.17" x 7.09" (42.08 cm x 41.07 cm x 18.00 cm)
ENCLOSURE
Viewing Angle: 160°/160° (minimum)
Color Depth: 18-bit (256K color)
•
High-impact plastic with platinum matte finish bezel
WEIGHT
ERGONOMICS
•
7.0 kg (15.43 lbs)
The 15" Touch Monitor is more than just a pretty face. The anti-glare screen
minimizes eyestrain by eliminating 99 percent of ambient reflections. The touch
screen overlay does not darken your carefully designed imagery – over 94
percent of the original brightness comes through. And the panel’s sleek curves
offer a comfortable grip when tilting and swiveling the panel to attain the best
view possible.
ENVIRONMENT
•
•
•
•
Operating Temperature: 0° to 40° C
Storage Temperature: -20° t0 60° C
Operating Humidity: 10% to 90%
Storage Humidity: 5% to 95%
INPUT SIGNAL
•
•
•
Horizontal Frequency: 31kHz - 60kHz
Vertical Frequency: 50Hz - 75 Hz
Max. Pixel Clock: 80MHz
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
1 5 " M U L T I M E D I A T O U C H M O N I T O R S Y S T E M S
It is our commitment to always go the extra mile for every AMX customer. A great example of our efforts is the 15" MultiMedia
Touch Monitor Systems, which represent a complete package ready to meet the customer’s multi-media needs – right out of the
box, at a reasonable price!
VTM-D15/AS
MultiMedia Table Top System
FG5976-70
The VTM-D15/AS 15" MultiMedia Touch Monitor Systems come ready-to-install
and ready-to-use, delivering comprehensive and responsive one-touch control
features. An impressive blend of color graphics, sharp icons and seamless
video, the dynamic MultiMedia Touch Monitor Systems employ a 15" Touch
Monitor, a TPI/3 Touch Monitor Interface and a TP3 Video Card. Incorporate this
system at business or home for unmatched multi-media control, a trademark of
leading AMX technology.
PANEL SYSTEMS
•
Flush Mount System (VTM-D15/ASB):
- VTM-D15/AB (with support bracket), TPI/3, TP3-VID, and
VTM-WMB (Wall Mount Bracket)
•
Table Top System (VTM-D15-AS):
- VTM-D15/A (with support bracket), TPI/3, and TP3-VID
15" TOUCH MONITOR
•
Mounts on any flat surface by using either the Table Top Support Bracket
or Flush Mount Bracket
•
•
Provides 14 of the most popular resolution standards, which are user-definable
Receives a video signal through either a Composite or S-Video connector port on
the AXB-TPI/3 and displays it as a VGA signal
DISPLAY FEATURES INCLUDE
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Screen Size: 15" (381 mm) diagonal
Pixel Format: 1024x768 vertical strip
Pixel Pitch: 0.297 mm x 0.297 mm
Brightness: 250cd/m2
Contrast Ratio: 300:1
Viewing Angle: 160°/160° (minimum)
Color Depth: 18-bit
INPUT SIGNAL
•
•
•
Horizontal Frequency: 31kHz - 60kHz
Vertical Frequency: 50Hz - 75 Hz
Max. Pixel Clock: 80MHz
FRONT PANEL FEATURES
•
Power Switch: Turns the display On and Off
•
LED Indicator: Lights-up green when the display is turned On and lights-up
orange when the display is in power save mode
•
•
AUTO Button: Adjusts the picture position and performance automatically
UP Button: Activates the On-Screen Display menu and moves the menu cursor
clockwise to select menu items
•
•
•
DOWN Button: Activates the On-Screen Display menu and moves the menu cursor
counter-clockwise to select menu items
INCREASE Button: Activates the On-Screen Display menu. Selects menu items
and adjusts features (increases values)
DECREASE Button: Activates the On-Screen Display menu. Selects menu items
and adjusts features (decreases values
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
R e m o t e C o n t r o ls
P C P R E S E N T E R R E C E I V E R S
R E C E I V E R S A N D T R A N S M I T T E R S
P C P R E S E N T E R S Y S T E M S
AXR-MSE
Mouse and Keyboard Interface
PC Presenter LP
FG5508-315
FG5508-418
FG5508-433
315 MHz
418 MHz
433 MHz
Laser Pointer Presenter System
(no power supply)
FG833-315
315 MHz
Here's the ultimate PC presentation power tool. PC Presenter can act as a
stand-alone system, offering wireless RF/IR mouse operation, keyboard control,
onboard keyboard macro memory and optional laser pointer. It's also a full-
fledged Axcess system wireless transmitter and receiver – so presenters can
take control of the entire system as well as their PC.
Pass-through mouse and keyboard jacks allow both remote wireless and local
wired operation. Keystroke sequences can be saved in internal memory, or sent
and received through the Axcess system.
CONTROL PORTS
•
•
•
Two female PS/2 connectors for mouse in and out
Two female PS/2 connectors for keyboard in and out
Input for optional IR Sensor (IRX-SM+ or IRX-DS+)
TRANSMISSION
•
RF – 418 MHz standard; others on request
IR – Low-frequency (38 kHz)
•
INCLUDES
INCLUDES
•
RF receiver for TXC-MS/MSL, other AMX RF transmitters
One 4-pin AXLink and one 2-pin power connector
•
•
•
AXR-MSE Wireless Mouse and Keyboard Controller
TXC-MSL Wireless Mouse Transmitter with Laser Pointer
Two PS2 cables
•
ENCLOSURE
•
Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
1.9" x 5.6" x 5.1" (47 mm x 143 mm x 130 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
12.4 oz (352 g)
P C P R E S E N T E R T R A N S M I T T E R S
TXC-MS
23-Button Transmitter (RF, 455 kHz IR)
TXC-MSL
23-Button Laser Pointer (RF, 455 kHz IR
FG5158-315
FG5158-418
FG5158-433
315 MHz RF, 455kHz IR
418 MHz RF, 455kHz IR
433 MHz RF, 455kHz IR
FG5159-315
FG5159-418
FG5159-433
315 MHz RF, 455kHz IR
418 MHz RF, 455kHz IR
433 MHz RF, 455kHz IR
The dedicated MousePad delivers full mouse emulation, with real-
time proportional pointing, left and right click, and Enter. In addition,
23 system buttons can activate macros or system commands.
he dedicated MousePad delivers full mouse emulation, with real-
time proportional pointing, left and right click, and Enter. In addition,
23 system buttons can activate macros or system commands.
BUTTONS
BUTTONS
•
One proportional mouse control pad
Mouse Enter, left- and right-click buttons
Trigger for mouse Enter
•
•
•
•
One proportional mouse control pad
•
•
•
Mouse Enter, left- and right-click buttons
Trigger for laser pointer
23 system control/keyboard macro buttons
23 system control/keyboard macro buttons
TRANSMISSION (SELECT OPTION ABOVE)
TRANSMISSION (SELECT OPTION ABOVE)
•
RF – 418 MHz standard; others on request
IR – High-frequency (455 kHz)
•
RF – 418 MHz standard; others on request
IR – High-frequency (455 kHz)
•
•
INCLUDES (DOES NOT INCLUDE RECEIVER)
INCLUDES (DOES NOT INCLUDE RECEIVER)
•
Two AA alkaline batteries
•
Two AA alkaline batteries
Integral laser pointer
•
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
6.5" x 2.0" x 1.6" (165 mm x 51 mm x 40 mm)
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
6.5" x 2.0" x 1.6" (165 mm x 51 mm x 40 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
5 oz (142 g)
WEIGHT:
•
5 oz (142 g)
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
T X C + R E M O T E S
The TXC series of battery-operated, hand-held wireless transmitters features a microprocessor-based design for IR and RF
transmission. Other radio frequencies are available on request. All offer switchable high-/low-frequency (455 kHz or 38 kHz) IR
transmission. The TXC transmitters are available in 4- 16- and 32-pushbutton configurations with custom-engraved overlay and
pushbutton layout, optional color text, color borders, and custom logo on panel overlay.
TXC4+
TXC16+
4-Button Transmitter (RF, 38/455 kHz IR)
16-Button Transmitter (RF, 38/455 kHz IR)
FG5170-304 304 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
FG5170-310 310 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
FG5170-315 315 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
FG5170-418 418 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
FG5170-433 433 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
FG144-304
FG144-310
FG144-315
FG144-418
FG144-433
304 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
310 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
315 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
418 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
433 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
The TXC4+ transmitter fits easily in the hand for convenient four-button
wireless control.
PUSHBUTTONS
•
Up to 16 pushbuttons
TRANSMISSION (SELECT OPTION ABOVE)
PUSHBUTTONS
•
RF – 418 MHz standard; others on request
•
Up to four pushbuttons
•
IR – Low-frequency (38 kHz)
TRANSMISSION (SELECT OPTION ABOVE)
INCLUDES (DOES NOT INCLUDE RECEIVER)
•
RF – 418 MHz standard; others on request
•
Two N-size, 1.5 V alkaline batteries
•
IR – Switchable high-/low-frequency (455 kHz or 38 kHz)
•
Status LED to indicate signal transmission
INCLUDES (DOES NOT INCLUDE RECEIVER)
ENCLOSURE:
•
•
Two AAA alkaline batteries
Molded black matte plastic
ENCLOSURE:
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
•
Molded black matte plastic
5.3" x 2.9" x 0.8" (134 mm x 77 mm x 19 mm)
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
WEIGHT:
•
•
5.4" x 1.8" x 1.5" (137 mm x 46 mm x 37 mm)
4.1 oz (117 g)
WEIGHT:
•
3.1 oz (88 g)
TXC32+
32-Button Transmitter (RF, 38/455 kHz IR)
FG145-304
FG145-310
FG145-315
FG145-418
FG145-433
304 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
310 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
315 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
418 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
433 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
TXC4L+
4-Button Transmitter (RF, 38/455 kHz IR)
FG5171-304 304 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
FG5171-418 418 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR
PUSHBUTTONS
The TXC4L+ transmitter fits easily in the hand for convenient four-button
wireless control and includes a built-in laser pointer.
•
32 pushbuttons; up to 48 allowed
TRANSMISSION (SELECT OPTION ABOVE)
PUSHBUTTONS
•
RF – 418 MHz standard; others on request
•
Up to four pushbuttons
•
IR – Low-frequency (38 kHz)
TRANSMISSION (SELECT OPTION ABOVE)
INCLUDES (DOES NOT INCLUDE RECEIVER)
•
RF – 418 MHz standard; others on request
•
Four N-size, 1.5 V alkaline batteries
•
IR – Switchable high-/low-frequency (455 kHz or 38 kHz)
•
Status LED to indicate signal transmission
ENCLOSURE:
INCLUDES (DOES NOT INCLUDE RECEIVER)
•
Molded black matte plastic
•
Two AAA alkaline batteries
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
ENCLOSURE:
•
5.3" x 6.3" x 0.8" (134 mm x 159 mm x 19 mm)
•
Molded black matte plastic
WEIGHT:
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
8.6 oz (246 g)
•
5.4" x 1.8" x 1.5" (137 mm x 46 mm x 37 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
3.3 oz (94 g)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
2 - W A Y W I R E L E S S R E C E I V E R
AXR-IRSM+
Swivel Mount IR Receiver (AXLink)
FG5454-01
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
IR RECEPTION: Switchable for high-/low-frequency IR
(455 kHz or 38 kHz) sensing
AXR-NWS
NetWave Server
(NetWave 2-way 2.4 gHz RF, AXLink)
FG5930-02
INCLUDES: Screw slots for wall or ceiling mounting
ENCLOSURE: Off-white metal with swivel mount
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 2.0" x 3.3" x 2.6" (51 mm x 84 mm x 66 mm)
WEIGHT: 4.4 oz (125 g)
FEATURES
•
Transmits and receives 2-way wireless commands
AXR-IR+
•
Manages up to 16 ViewPoint or other NetWave wireless panels
Wall Mount IR (Infrared) Receiver
RF FREQUENCY
FG456-10
White
•
NetWave 2.4 GHz digital spread-spectrum RF, 500-foot range
FG456-11
Black
WIRING
The AXD-IR+ IR receiver works with AMX IR-format 38
or 455 kHz wireless transmitters. The AXD-IR+ is a
remote infrared receiver used with AMX Axcess Central
Controllers and operates via the AXLink bus to remotely control AXLink
devices. This IR receiver is in a UniMount wall panel that fits into most US-
style single-gang enclosures.
•
4-pin AXLink terminal
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
1.5" x 5.5" x 6.5" (38 mm x 140 mm x 165 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
1.4 lbs (0.6 kg)
POWER:
IR RECEPTION: Switchable for high-/low-frequency IR
(455 kHz or 38 kHz) sensing
•
12 VDC, 100 mA
ENCLOSURE: Single-gang snap-in Decora-style faceplate (white or black)
NWA-EXT
Molded plastic, fits most US-style single-gang boxes
NetWave Server External Antenna (6-foot cable)
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.68" x 2.93" x 1.14"
(118.7 mm x 74.4 mm x 29 mm)
FG5930-10
WEIGHT: 7.8 oz (218 g)
1 - W A Y W I R E L E S S R F A N D I R R E C E I V E R S
AXR-RF
RF Receiver (AXLink)
IRX-DM+
Decor IR Sensor
FG782-304
FG782-310
FG782-315
FG782-418
FG782-433
304 MHz
310 MHz
315 MHz
418 MHz
433 MHz
FG458-10
FG458-11
White
Black
IR RECEPTION: Switchable for high-/low-frequency IR
(455 kHz or 38 kHz) sensing
ENCLOSURE: Single-gang snap-in Decora-style faceplate
RF Reception: Super-heterodyne, must specify frequency
(white or black)
RANGE:
MOLDED PLASTIC: Fits most US-style single-gang boxes
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.7" x 2.9" x 1.4" (119 mm x 75 mm x 37 mm)
WEIGHT: 4.1 oz (116 g)
•
100-300' range, depending on transmitter
INCLUDES:
•
Movable, hinged antenna to allow optimal placement
ENCLOSURE:
•
Molded black matte plastic for free-standing use
IRX-SM+
Swivel Mount IR Sensor
FG455-01
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
1.5" x 5" x 5" (38 mm x 129 mm x 129 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
IR RECEPTION: Switchable for high-/low-frequency IR
11.6 oz (330 g)
(455 kHz or 38 kHz) sensing
INCLUDES: Screw slots for wall or ceiling mounting
ENCLOSURE: Off-white metal with swivel mount
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 2.0" x 3.3" x 2.6" (51 mm x 84 mm x 66 mm)
WEIGHT: 4.4 oz (125 g)
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
K e y p a d s
S B K E Y P A D S
K E Y P A D S
D M S K E Y P A D S
PLK-SB
1- and 2-Button Flush Mount Keypad
FG2406-10
FG2406-11
FG2406-12
White Decora style
Black Decora style
Ivory Decora style
PLK-DMS
Direct Menu Select Keypad
FG2405-01
FG2405-02
FG2405-03
FG2405-04
White
Black
Ivory
SIMPLE SOLUTION
Almond
Some areas of the home and office require just a simple touch of control. The
PLK-SB Keypad from AMX provides a convenient, versatile, cost-effective
option for achieving effortless control of virtually anything through an AMX
Control System. AMX Keypads are ideal for basic control features, offering the
end user a simple-to-understand control and automation solution.
Displays multiple pages of menus under program
control offering new control options, lists of CD titles, time, date, temperature
and other applications.
SYSTEM READY
FEATURES
Fully interactive with the AMX Control System, the PLK-SB Keypad
communicates over the ICSNet and PHASTLink control networks. The NetLinx
module required for ICSNet use is available for download from www.amx.com.
The keypad networks with connected devices to deliver instant control of lights,
automated window treatments, thermostats, audio/video components, intercoms
and more. Programmed presets and macros can be incorporated for added
luxury of home and efficiency in the office. (Downloadable NetLinx Module
required / Landmark ready)
•
•
•
Scrolls through lists from two up and down arrow buttons
Selects menu options from six buttons alongside the menu
Accesses lighting on/off, dimming and other programmable functions from the
large LED button
Provides audio to intercom from internal condenser microphone (requires a
discrete home-run cable per panel and additional audio components)
Includes built-in temperature sensor
•
•
•
Links to Landmark and Netlinx systems over PHASTLink data bus
MENU TEXT
•
FEATURES
Large (approx. 10 characters, 6 lines)
Small (approx. 15 characters, 12 lines)
•
•
•
Interacts with AMX systems, launching automated response from button press and
release, with LED on/off feedback
Can be used as 1-Button or 2-Button style — all plastics included for
on-site configuration
Each button contains a programmable LED that may be used to indicate
on or off state
•
WIRING:
•
Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports
FACEPLATE DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
4.5" x 3.44" x 0.31"
(65 mm x 88 mm x 8 mm)
BACK BOX DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
•
•
•
Decora-style form factor
Uses standard Decora-style face plates (not included)
Available in white, black or ivory
Connects to AMX Control Systems over ICSNet/PHASTlink interface
•
2.56" x 2.0" x 1.5"
(65 mm x 51 mm x 38 mm)
WEIGHT:
WIRING
•
4.6 oz (130 g)
•
Two (2) RJ-45 ICSNet ports
POWER:
•
POWER:
150 mA, Supplied by PHASTLink
•
30 mA
COLORS:
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
•
Black, White and Ivory
4.23" x 1.67" x 0.85" (10.74 mm x 4.24 mm x 2.15 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
0.15 oz (7 g)
PLK-DIAG
Landmark DMS Diagnostic
Keypad
FG2405-20
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
W I R E D K E Y P A D S
AXD-MSP32
AXD-MSP8
Softwire 32-Button Keypad
Softwire 8-Button Keypad
FG790-32
FG790-33
FG790-34
White
Black
Ivory
FG790-08
FG790-09
FG790-12
White
Black
Ivory
The AXD-MSP32 Softwire 32-Button
Keypad is a microprocessor-
The AXD-MSP8 Softwire 8-Button Keypad is a
microprocessor-controlled pushbutton panel that fits
controlled pushbutton panel that fits into standard three-gang wallplate
enclosures. The AXM-MSP32 mounts in a standard 19" (482.6 mm) equipment
rack and can be programmed to control a wide variety of equipment connected
to an Axcess system. Mini Softwire Panel (MSP) pushbuttons perform
specific operations according to the Axcess software and control cards in the
control system. The MSPs include a custom engraved overlay and pushbutton
configuration to optimize usability. The number of pushbuttons varies
depending on the number of operations the panel must perform.
into standard-gang wallplate enclosures. The AXM-MSP8 mounts in a standard
19" (482.6 mm) equipment rack and can be programmed to control a wide
variety of equipment connected to an Axcess system. Mini Softwire Panel
(MSP) pushbuttons perform specific operations according to the Axcess
software and control cards in the control system. The MSPs include a custom
engraved overlay and pushbutton configuration to optimize usability. The
number of pushbuttons varies depending on the number of operations the
panel must perform.
PUSHBUTTONS: Up to 32 gray pushbuttons with LED feedback
BARGRAPHS: Three horizontal eight-segment LED bargraphs
ENCLOSURE: Three-gang snap-in Decora-style faceplate
(white, ivory, or black) Fits most US-style three-gang boxes
PUSHBUTTONS: Up to eight gray pushbuttons with LED feedback
BARGRAPHS: One horizontal 8-segment LED bargraph
ENCLOSURE: Single-gang snap-in Decora-style faceplate
(white, ivory, or black) Fits most US-style single-gang boxes
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.68" x 6.56" x 1.7"
(118.9 mm x 166.6 mm x 44 mm)
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.68" x 2.93" x 1.7"
(118.9 mm x 74.4 mm x 44 mm)
WEIGHT: 6.00 oz (170 g)
WEIGHT: 3.17 oz (89.8 g)
AXD-MSP16
Softwire 16-Button Keypad
FG790-16
FG790-17
FG790-22
White
Black
Ivory
The AXD-MSP16 Softwire 16-Button Keypad
is a microprocessor-controlled pushbutton
panel that fits into standard two-gang wallplate enclosures. Mini Softwire Panel
(MSP) Pushbuttons perform specific operations according to the Axcess
software and control cards in the control system. The MSPs include a custom
engraved overlay and pushbutton configuration to optimize usability. The
number of pushbuttons varies depending on the number of operations the
panel must perform.
PUSHBUTTONS: Up to 16 pushbuttons with LED feedback
BARGRAPHS: Two horizontal eight-segment LED bargraphs
ENCLOSURE: Two-gang snap-in Decora-style faceplate
(white, ivory, or black) Fits most US-style two-gang boxes
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.68" x 4.75" x 1.7"
(118.9 mm x 120.5 mm x 44 mm)
WEIGHT: 4.58 oz (129.8 g)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
W I R E D K E Y P A D S
PLK-MSP32
PLK-MSP8
Decor 8-Button Mini-Softwire Panel
Decor 32-Button Mini-Softwire Panel
(3 bargraphs, 3 gang)
PFG790-08
PFG790-09
PFG790-10
White Decora style
PFG790-32
PFG790-33
PFG790-34
White Decora style
(1 bargraph, 1 gang)
(3 bargraph, 3 gang)
Black Decora style
(1 bargraph, 1 gang)
Ivory Decora style
(1 bargraph, 1 gang)
Black Decora style
(3 bargraph, 3 gang)
Ivory Decora style
(3 bargraph, 3 gang)
FEATURES
FEATURES
•
Provides up to eight control buttons with LED feedback and one 8-segment LED
bargraph display.
•
Provides up to 32 control buttons with LED feedback and three 8-segment LED
bargraph displays
•
•
Mounts into most US-style single-gang wall boxes
Connects to ICSNet or PHASTLink control network
•
•
Mounts into most US-style three-gang wall boxes
Connects to ICSNet or PHASTLink control network
INCLUDES
INCLUDES
•
•
•
Custom engraving
•
•
•
Custom engraving
Button layout
Overlay
Button layout
Overlay
WIRING
WIRING
•
Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports
•
Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports
POWER:
POWER:
•
47 mA, supplied by PHASTLink
•
130 mA, supplied by PHASTLink
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
4.7" x 2.9" x 1.55" (119 mm x 74 mm x 46 mm)
•
4.7" x 6.6" x 1.55" (119 mm x 170 mm x 46 mm)
WEIGHT:
WEIGHT:
•
3 oz (90 g)
•
6 oz (170 g)
PLK-MSP16
Decor 16-Button
Mini-Softwire Panel
PFG790-16 White Decora style
(2 bargraph, 2 gang)
PFG790-17 Black Decora style
(2 bargraph, 2 gang)
PFG790-18 Ivory Decora style
(2 bargraph, 2 gang)
FEATURES
•
Provides up to 16 control buttons with LED feedback and two 8-segment LED
bargraph displays
•
•
Mounts into most US-style two-gang wall boxes
Connects to ICSNet or PHASTLink control network
INCLUDES
•
•
•
Custom engraving
Button layout
Overlay
WIRING
•
Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports
POWER:
•
85 mA, supplied by PHASTLink
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
4.7" x 4.8" x 1.55" (119 mm x 121 mm x 46 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
5 oz (130 g)
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
W I R E D P A N E L S
M I N I - L C D P A N E L S
AXM-MSP 32
AXP-MLCD
Mini-LCD Panel
FG792
Rack-Mount Mini-Softwire Panel
FG514
PUSHBUTTONS:
DISPLAY: Backlit 2-line 16-character per line LCD readout
PUSHBUTTONS: Matrix of 20 pushbuttons under Lexan faceplate
ENCLOSURE: Molded black matte plastic
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 5.6" x 3.5" x 0.8" (142 mm x 89 mm x 20 mm)
WEIGHT: 9 oz (255 g)
•
Up to 32 pushbuttons (white, black, or gray) with LED feedback
BARGRAPHS:
•
Three vertical 8-segment LED bargraphs
ENCLOSURE:
•
19.0" rack-mount; metal with black matte finish; two rack units high
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
3.5" x 19.0" x 1.0" (89 mm x 483 mm x 25 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
1 lb (473 g)
AXU-SP+
UniMount Softwire Panel
FG772-10
AXU-MLCD
UniMini-LCD Panel
FG792-01
DISPLAY: Backlit 2-line 16-character per line LCD readout
PUSHBUTTONS: Matrix of 20 pushbuttons under Lexan faceplate
ENCLOSURE: UniMount; metal with white or black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 6.8" x 5.0" x 2.3" (173 mm x 127 mm x 58 mm)
WEIGHT: 14.7 oz (418 g)
ENCLOSURE: UniMount; metal with white or black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 5.3" x 9.7" x 1.1" (134 mm x 245 mm x 28 mm)
WEIGHT: 32.6 oz (928 g)
OPTIONS: BB-SP+ Back Box
OPTIONS: CB-MLCD Back Box
AXU-MLCD
Conduit Box for AXU-MLCD
FG792-02
AXM-SP+
Rack-Mount Softwire Panel
FG772-30
ENCLOSURE:
•
19.0" rack-mount; metal with black matte finish; three rack units high
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
5.2" x 19.0" x 1.1" (132 mm x 483 mm x 28 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
32.6 oz (928 g)
CB-SP+
Conduit Box for AXU-SP+
FG018-04
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
C U S T O M P A N E L I N T E R F A C E S
AXP-AI8
Analog 8-Input Board
FG783
NXP-CPI16
NetLinx Custom Panel Interface
FG410
The NXP-CPI16 NetLinx Custom Panel Interface is a versatile device, useful for
both custom panel and contact-closure applications. It will directly interface
with AMX Touch Panels and components designed for integration with Axcess
Control Systems. Two 20-pin headers provide ribbon cable wiring or direct-
connect insertion to circuit boards – one provides inputs for up to 16 closures
and the other drives feedback outputs for LEDs. Under software control, the
LED outputs can act as drivers to 8-segment bargraphs or operate as discrete
outputs for feedback.
APPLICATION:
•
PC board receives joystick or potentiometer control commands
CONTROL PORTS:
•
Eight analog inputs, 10-bit resolution, resistance (5K-100K)
or DC (0-5 V)
INCLUDES: Reference potentiometers, 20-pin ribbon cable, 6.0' (1.8 m)
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 3.5" x 2.8" x 0.9" (89 mm x 69 mm x 23 mm)
WEIGHT: 4.2 oz (118 g), including ribbon cable
In addition, the NXC-CPI16 also provides two quadrature inputs to control
variable levels such as volume or lights. Able to read digital signals from
mechanical or optical rotary encoders, the response can be adjusted under
software control.
AXP-CPI
FEATURES:
Custom Panel Interface
FG5775-01
•
Integrates custom panels with 16 closure inputs and 16 LED outputs, pin-for-pin
compatible with panels designed for AXC-CPI16
•
•
Operates as low-cost closure
Acts as driver for up to two 8-segment LED bargraphs, each bargraph uses eight
of the 16 LED outputs
Allows precision digital control of up to two levels from quadrature inputs
Accepts mechanical or optical rotary encoders
Offers programmable level response, provides software-driven performance
adjustment, and switchable coarse/fine level control
APPLICATION:
•
Large custom panel, up to 64 pushbuttons; incandescent switch lamps
•
•
•
CONTROL PORTS:
•
64 polled lamp LED/switch points; two commons for lamp,
LED, and switch Drivers for four bargraphs
INCLUDES: Adjustable lamp glow level, 64-pin ribbon cable, 6.0' (1.8 m)
ENCLOSURE: Molded black matte plastic for free-standing use
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.0" x 5.3" (38 mm x 127 mm x 133 mm)
WEIGHT: 18 oz (510 g), including ribbon cable
INPUT CONNECTORS
•
Indicator power: Two-pin 3.5 mm captive wire
•
I/O Headers: Two 20-pin headers, 8 I/O channels each (16 closure inputs activated
with GND or TTL Low (< 0.8 V)). Open collector outputs (0-28 VDC). Inputs are
sampled approximately every 10 msec.
•
Rotary Encoder inputs: Two quadrature inputs on a 2x3 header (6-pin), two
encoder inputs (4-pin) with a +5 V supply pin (supplying up to 100 mA) and
a GND pin
ICSNET
•
Two RJ-45 connectors for ICSNet connection
AXP-CPI16
Custom Panel Interface Board
FG5780-10
ID BUTTON
•
numbers using the ID mode in NetLinx Studio Software
Generates an event from the AXC-CPI16 to allow you to assign new device
LED
•
APPLICATION:
ICSP status indicator (green)
•
PC board for small custom panel, relay and input interface
OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS
•
CONTROL PORTS:
16-open collector outputs, acting as a switch to ground, up to 100 mA. Outputs
can be connected to voltages ranging between 0 and + 28 V. Each output is
updated every 10 msec
•
16 switch inputs, 16 outputs, switch to ground;
100 mA each for lamps, LEDs, or relays
INCLUDES: Two 20-pin headers, two 20-pin ribbon cables, 6.0' (1.8 m)
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.8" x 2.8" x 0.9" (46 mm x 69 mm x 23 mm)
WEIGHT: 2.9 oz (82 g), including ribbon cable
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
2.75" x 1.85" x 1.40" (6.99 cm x 4.70 cm x 3.56 cm)
WEIGHT:
•
8.10 oz. (229.63 g)
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
C U S T O M P A N E L I N T E R F A C E S
AXP-CPIL
LED Custom Panel Interface Board
FG778
APPLICATION:
•
PC board for large LED lamped panels
WPDR
CONTROL PORTS:
SPDT Rocker Switch
FG5620-20
FG5620-21
FG5620-22
•
One 8x8 switch/LED matrix and drivers for two bargraphs
White
Black
Ivory
INCLUDES:
•
34-pin header and 34-pin ribbon cable, 6.0' (1.8 m)
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
3.5" x 3.1" x 0.9" (89 mm x 69 mm x 23 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
4.2 oz (118 g), including ribbon cable
WPD8
8-Button Flush Mount Keypad
FG620-10
FG620-11
FG620-12
White
Black
Ivory
The WPD8 is designed to control Radia Lighting dimmers, UPC20 power
controllers, or any device requiring low-current momentary contact closure
control.
PUSHBUTTONS:
•
Up to eight pushbuttons
CONTROL OUTPUTS:
•
Eight individual contact closures and LED connectors
INCLUDES:
•
Overlay engraving
ENCLOSURE:
•
Single-gang snap-in Decora-style faceplate (white, black, or ivory)
Fits most US-style single-gang boxes
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
4.7" x 2.9" x 1.0" (119 mm x 74 mm x 25 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
3.2 oz (90 g)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
N e t L in x
C o n t r o lle r s
N E T L I N X
N E T L I N X I N T E G R A T E D C O N T R O L L E R S
AMX offers an innovative family of control products called the NI Series, combining the proven technology of the NetLinx
Integrated Controller with the NetLinx ME260 Master Card into a single integrated control system. No other system compares to
NetLinx, which simultaneously communicates over the AXLink databus, high-speed ICSNet control network, long distance ICSHub
system link, Ethernet-driven computer networks and the TCIP/IP world of the Internet. NetLinx talks numerous networking
languages for literally endless control possibilities. To extend control even farther and customize as needed, take advantage of the
innovative modular design. Simply connect several NetLinx Integrated Controllers by securing the appropriate NetLinx Hub Cards
in each Processor Card slot.
AMX provides the simplicity, flexibility and cost-effective benefits of ordering and installing a single unit. Three product
configurations are available: NI-2000, NI-3000 and NI-4000. Each is designed to deliver a competitively priced control solution for
commercial and residential applications of any scale.
NI-2000
NetLinx Integrated Controller
FG2105-01
NI-3000
NetLinx Integrated Controller
FG2105-02
Larger, Multiple Rooms – The NI-3000 is geared to satisfy the more
advanced control and automation requirements within a larger area or multiple
rooms. This solution is engineered with twice as many ports and relays as the
NI-2000, offering a greater level of built-in control and automation functionality.
Single Room Needs – The NI-2000 satisfies the control and automation
features common in a single room, which may include the integration of a
limited number of VCR and DVD players, projectors, lighting, thermostats and
other electronic equipment.
The NI-3000 integrates a larger number of electronics such as VCR and DVD
players, projectors, projection screens, lights and other connected systems. In
technology-driven environments, this solution allows for the future addition of
more devices and control capabilities.
For these more conservative business and home applications, the NI-2000
includes just the right “mix" of compatible control formats:
•
•
•
•
•
4 – IR ports
4 – I/O
4 – Relays
When growing businesses and homes demand future automation
enhancements, the NI-3000 comes with just the right “mix" of compatible
control formats:
3 – RS-232 / RS-422 / RS-485 Serial ports
3 – Communication Networks: ICSNet, AXLink and Ethernet (TCP/IP)
STANDARD FEATURES:
•
•
•
•
•
8 – IR ports
8 – I/O
8 – Relays
•
•
•
•
•
•
Powerful built-in multiport control
An easy-to-understand control architecture
Ultra-fast processing
Intelligent and reliable networking
Robust 32MB of memory, plus expandable 32MB Compact Flash
700 mA @ 12 VDC
7 – RS-232 / RS-422 / RS-485 Serial ports
3 – Communication Networks: ICSNet, AXLink and Ethernet (TCP/IP)
STANDARD FEATURES:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Powerful built-in multiport control
An easy-to-understand control architecture
Ultra-fast processing
Intelligent and reliable networking
Robust 32MB of memory, plus expandable 32MB Compact Flash
900 mA @ 12 VDC
ENCLOSURE:
•
Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS:
•
3.47" x 17" x 3.47" (8.81 cm x 43.18 cm x 8.81 cm)
WEIGHT:
•
4.50 lbs. (2.04 kg)
ENCLOSURE:
•
Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS:
•
3.47" x 17" x 3.47" (8.81 cm x 43.18 cm x 8.81 cm)
WEIGHT:
•
4.55 lbs. (2.06 kg)FG2105-02
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
N E T L I N X I N T E G R A T E D C O N T R O L L E R S
NXI
NI-4000
NetLinx Integrated Controller
FG2105
NetLinx Integrated Controller
(Controller only)
FG2101
Superior Functionality – The NI-4000 is geared to meet the high-end control
and automation requirements within the most sophisticated and complex
commercial and residential installations. This solution is engineered with the
same number of ports and relays as the NI-3000, plus four NetLinx Control
Card slots in order to achieve a superior level of built-in control and automation
functionality.
Boasting a sleek modular design and compact size, the AMX NetLinx Integrated
Controller packs extremely powerful control and effectively manages extensive
networking capabilities. Take instant command over any piece of integrated
equipment – from projectors and window treatments to security, lighting and
even the personal computer – with a full array of RS-232/422/485 ports,
IR/Serial ports, Input/Output channels and relays.
The NI-4000 integrates the largest amount of electronics such as VCR and DVD
players, projectors, projection screens, lights, HVAC systems, security cameras
and more. In technology intensive environments, this solution can be used to
anticipate the future addition of devices and control capabilities.
Provides versatile, multiport control:
•
Six data ports for RS-232/422/485 control, with XON/XOFF and CTS/RTS, 300-
230,4000 baud
•
•
Eight IR/Serial ports for control of up to 1.14 MHz carrier frequency
Eight I/O channels for closure, 0-5 VDC voltage sensing, or interactive power
sensing for IR ports
For businesses experiencing rapid growth and homes looking for greater
flexibility and customization, the NI-4000 includes the perfect"mix" of
compatible control formats:
•
12 relays
OTHER FEATURES:
•
•
•
•
•
•
8 – IR ports
8 – I/O
8 – Relays
•
•
•
Accepts the NXC-ME260 NetLinx Master and NetLinx Hub Processor cards
Supports graphical setup, status, and testing from NetLinx Studio software
1.09 mA @ 12 VDC
7 – RS-232 / RS-422 / RS-485 Serial ports
3 – Communication Networks: ICSNet, AXLink and Ethernet (TCP/IP)
4 – NetLinx Control Card Expansion slots that support all NXC control cards
ENCLOSURE:
•
Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
STANDARD FEATURES
•
1.72" x 17.00" x 8.81" - 1 Rack Unit
(4.37 cm x 43.18 cm x 22.37 cm)
•
•
•
•
•
Powerful built-in multiport control
An easy-to-understand control architecture
Ultra-fast processing. Intelligent and reliable networking
Robust 32MB of memory, plus expandable 32MB Compact Flash
900 mA @ 12 VDC
WEIGHT (WITHOUT PROCESSOR):
4.0 lbs (1.8 kg)
•
ENCLOSURE:
•
Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS:
•
5.21" x 17" x 9.31" (13.23 cm x 43.18 cm x 23.65 cm)
WEIGHT:
•
9.15 lbs. (4.15 kg)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
N E T L I N X M A S T E R C A R D ,
C A R D F R A M E A N D M O D U L E S
NXF
NXC-ME260
NetLinx CardFrame (CardFrame
Only)
FG2001
NetLinx Master260 Card, Ethernet
FG2010-60
The NXC-ME260 NetLinx Master260 Card installs into the NetLinx CardFrame,
Integrated Controller and Modules.
With an extremely easy-to-use and easy-to-understand modular design, the
NXF NetLinx CardFrame delivers a plethora of control features for any
installation. Built with flexibility and custom control in mind, the CardFrame is
capable of creating a multitude of networking possibilities.
FEATURES
•
•
•
257 MIPS Motorola ColdFire® microprocessor
16MB Compact Flash memory, 16MB SDRAM, 1MB NVRAM memory
Accepts CF and CF II memory, presently upgradeable to 1GB (IBM Microdrive)
and beyond as CF technology allows
Take control of any connected device by simply inserting as many as 12
NetLinx Control Cards into the front-access slots of the CardFrame. Feel free to
exchange and replace cards – without disturbing control wiring in the back of
the unit. It’s seamless and efficient.
•
750 mA @ 12 VDC
SECURITY
FRONT PANEL COMPONENTS:
•
•
•
NT-style safeguards, delivering superior network-standard security, accepted and
•
Master/Hub Card slot Houses the Master or Hub Card
understood by IT departments everywhere
•
Control Card slots: 12 card slots for the NetLinx Control Cards that control
devices connected to the CardFrame
Access to ports, files and functions assignable to Administrator, Users and
Groups
Does not require secondary firewall for network security
REAR PANEL COMPONENTS:
•
•
•
•
Control Card connectors (1-12) 20-pin black (male) connectors that connect the
REAR PANEL
optional Control Cards and external equipment to the CardFrame
•
•
•
•
PWR: 2-pin 12 VDC power terminal
AXLink LED: Green LED status
AXLink: 4-pin terminal data/power bus
Expansion Out: RJ-11 port to AXB-SPE Server Port Expander
for AXLink distribution
+12 VDC PWR 2-pin green (male) connector for connecting a 12 VDC
power supply
CardFrame can be powered via the Master Card (default) or by an external power
supply connected to the CardFrame's PWR connector
8-position DIP switch address range is 1-3072 CardFrame Number DIP switch
Sets the starting address for the Control Cards in the CardFrame
•
•
•
Program: 5-pin terminal, electronically identical to front-panel
Program RS-232 port
ICSNet: Two RJ-45 jacks for ICSNet data and power, green LED flashes when
receiving data,12 VDC (500 max each port)
ICSHub: In and Out RJ-45 jacks for ICSHub data, yellow LED flashes when
receiving data
ENCLOSURE:
•
Metal with black matte finish.
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
3.5"x 17.0" x9.6" (8.89 cm x 43.18 cm x 24.38 cm)
•
•
•
•
Ethernet: RJ-45 jack for 10/100baseT network connection
A LED: Yellow Activity LED blinks when receiving Ethernet data packets
L LED: Green Link LED blinks when receiving Ethernet data packets
Speed LED: Green LED lights when transmitting at 100 Mbps, off when
operating at 10 Mbps
FD LED: Green Full Duplex LED lights in duplex mode, off when running
in half-duplex mode
WEIGHT:
•
9.1 lbs (4.1 kg)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
NETLINX HUB CARDS
•
•
•
•
NXC-NH ICSNet Hub Card
NXC-HS ICSHub Server Card
NXC-HE ICSHub Expander Card
FRONT PANEL
NETLINX CONTROL CARDS
•
•
•
•
•
Program: DB-9 (male) RS-232 connector
Status LED: Green LED for programming and communication status
Output LED: Red LED blinks when Master sends data
Input LED: Yellow LED blinks when Master receives data
Program DIP Switch: Behind faceplate, sets data parameters
•
•
•
•
•
•
NXC-COM2 Dual COM Port Control Card
NXC-I/O10 Input/Output Control Card
NXC-IRS4 4-Port IR/S Control Card
NXC-REL10 Relay Control Card
NXC-VA14 Analog Voltage Control Card
NXC-VOL4 Volume Control Card
DIMENSIONS:
•
1.5" x 5.0" x 8.8" (45 mm x 127 mm x 224 mm)
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
N E T L I N X M A S T E R C A R D ,
C A R D F R A M E A N D M O D U L E S
NXF-MINI
NetLinx Mini-CardFrame
(CardFrame Only)
FG2104
The NXF-MINI NetLinx Mini-CardFrame extends the control capabilities of the
AMX NetLinx Control System to a remote area or location. Compatible with the
ME260 Master Card, NI-2000, NI-3000 and NI-4000 NetLinx Controllers, the
Mini-CardFrame allows the installer to add as many as four NetLinx device-
specific control cards for expanding control and automation features.
Available NetLinx Control Cards include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
4 – Port IR/Serial
2 – Port RS-232/422/485
10 – Channel Relay
10 – Channel Input/Output
4 – Channel Voltage Output/Analog Input
4 – Channel Volume
FEATURES
•
25 mA @ 12 VDC
FRONT PANEL
•
1–4: Shows LED status indicators from optional NXC control cards
REAR PANEL
•
Slots 1–4: 20-pin control card connectors
•
Device: 8-position DIP switch sets the starting address for the Control Cards in
the Mini-CardFrame
•
•
ICSNet: One RJ45 connector for ICSNet interface
PWR: 2-pin jack for +12 VDC power input
ENCLOSURE:
•
Metal with black matte finish
MOUNTING OPTIONS:
•
Rack, wall, or shelf mount
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
1.75"x17.0"x9.56" (4.45 cm x 43.18 cm x 24.28 cm)
(width does not include mounting ears)
WEIGHT:
•
6.2 lbs (2.8 kg)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
N E T L I N X C O N T R O L C A R D S
NetLinx Control Cards serve as flexible, modular building blocks for creating advanced control applications. Up to 12 Control
Cards can be inserted into the NXF NetLinx CardFrame’s front-access control slots or supplied in an NXS-NMS NetModule Shell
enclosure for stand-alone operation.
NetLinx Control Cards can meet a wide variety of control needs, including multi-port RS-232/422/485, IR/Serial, Input/Output,
Relay, Voltage, and Volume control. Every NetLinx Control Card includes a full array of LED status indicators at the front, easily
viewable from the NetLinx enclosure’s translucent cover. Whether in a CardFrame or NetModule Shell, NetLinx Control Cards
operate directly on the high-speed ICSNet data bus.
NXC-I/O10
Input/Output Card, 10 Channels
FG2021
NXC-VAI4
Voltage Output/Analog Input Card,
FG2025
The NXC-I/O10 Input/Output Card provides 10 Input/Output channels and LED
feedback. It acts as a logic-level input and responds to switch closures or
voltage level (high/ low) changes.
The NXC-VAI4 Analog Voltage Card provides four independent analog-to-
digital inputs and four independent digital-to-analog outputs, which are
controllable over the ICSP network. Each port can be configured for a variety of
DC input and output signals.
FEATURES
•
Provides 10 Input/Output control channels and front-panel feedback
Acts as logic-level switch or input, senses high and low voltage states
in voltage mode
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
Inputs: Four high-impedance analog DC inputs
Outputs: Four analog DC outputs (user-configurable)
D/A, A/D conversion: A/D and D/A converters for analog sampling and control
8- or 10-bit; user selectable
OPERATION
•
I/O 1-10: 10 I/O channels
•
•
•
Available input voltages: 0 V to +12 V
Available output voltages: -12 V to +12 V
The output voltage may be software-configured for any minimum and maximum
levels between -12 and +12 VDC
STATUS 1-10: ONE LED FOR EACH CHANNEL
• Yellow LED for on status
• Green ICSP status LED
•
•
Maximum output current = 60 mA.
Over-voltage protection to +28 VDC
WIRING:
•
3.5 mm captive-screw terminals
External reference: A user supplied external reference voltage can be used to set
the maximum voltage range for the D/A outputs. The full analog output range is
scaled to fit the maximum range set by the external reference.
Output voltage may be set to any level between 0-12 VDC, referenced to the
external reference voltage input and NXC-VAI4 power supply GND.
EXTERNAL REFERENCE INPUT: (EREF - ONE FOR EACH OUTPUT)
•
Maximum external reference input voltage = +12 VDC
•
Over-voltage protection to +28 VDC
INTERNAL REFERENCE OUTPUT: (IREF)
•
+5 V reference output, maximum current = 60 mA
•
This output is intended to drive a ground-referenced load
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
N E T L I N X C O N T R O L C A R D S
NXC-REL10
Relay Card, 10 Channels
FG2020
NXC-VOL4
Volume Card, 4 Channels
FG2024
The NXC-VOL4 Volume Card provides four discrete volume control channels
with LED feedback. The volume control channels can be programmed for mono
or stereo operation, and balanced or unbalanced audio connections. It supports
programmable audio levels, audio mute, variable ramp speeds and preset
levels. Use the on-board jumpers to set the gain/attenuation (Unity, Pro level
(+4dBu) to Consumer level (-10dBu) conversion, or Consumer level to Pro
level on each channel).
The NXC-REL10 Relay Card provides 10 relays to support devices that employ
simple momentary or latching contact-closure control with LED feedback.
FEATURES
•
Provides 10 isolated relays and front-panel LED feedback
OPERATION
•
Relay 1-10: 10 relays, 750 mA, 28 VAC/24 VDC normally open
STATUS 1-10: ONE LED FOR EACH RELAY
FEATURES
•
Red LED shows on status
•
Provides four line-level audio volume channels and front-panel feedback
Operates for balanced and unbalanced applications
•
Green ICSP status LED
•
WIRING:
OPERATION
•
3.5mm captive-screw terminals
•
Volume 1-4: 4 volume channels
STATUS 1-4: THREE LEDS FOR EACH CHANNEL
•
•
•
•
Yellow LED for level up
Yellow LED for level down
Red LED for level mute
Green ICSP status LED
NXC-IRS4
4-Port IR/S Card, 4 IR/S and 4 Inputs
FG2023
JUMPERS 1-4
•
Input -10dBm/+4 dBm
Output -10dBm/+4 dBm
The NXC-IRS4 4-Port IR/S Card provides four IR/Serial input control ports with
LED status feedback. Each port in the NXC-IRS4 stores programmed commands
for IR- or serial-controlled devices.
•
WIRING:
•
3.5mm captive-screw terminals
FEATURES
AUDIO SPECIFICATIONS
•
Provides four IR/IR Serial control ports and front-panel status feedback
•
•
•
•
•
•
Frequency response of 15 Hz-25 KHz
THD less than .005 at nominal output level
IMD less than .01 at nominal output level
S/N ration greater than 100 dB (IHF A)
Cross talk less than 80 dB
•
Includes four inputs for sensed IR power control
OPERATION
•
IR 1-4: four IR/IR Serial control ports
•
20 KHz-1.14 MHz
Logarithmic attenuation range of 95 dB
INPUT 1-4
•
Four I/O ports for closure or 0–5
•
VDC sensing, 200 mA
STATUS 1-10: TWO LEDS FOR EACH CHANNEL
•
•
•
Red LED for IR transmission
Yellow LED for input status
Green ICSP status LED
NXC-COM2
Dual COM Port Card, 2 RS-232/422/485
FG2022
WIRING:
The NXC-COM2 Dual COM Port Card provides two RS-232, RS-422, or
RS-485 control ports and LED feedback for remote sources connected to the
NXF NetLinx CardFrame, NI-4000 or NXS-NMS NetModule Shell.
•
3.5mm captive-screw terminals
FEATURES
•
Provides two RS-232/422/485 data control ports and front-panel feedback
OPERATION
•
Data 1-2: two RS-232/422/485 control ports, supports, XON/XOFF, CTS/RTS,
300–115,200 baud
STATUS: TWO LEDS FOR EACH CHANNEL
•
•
•
Red LED for data TX, RTS
Yellow LED for data RX, CTS
Green ICSP status LED
WIRING:
•
3.5mm captive-screw terminals
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
N E T L I N X H U B C A R D S A N D M O D U L E S
NXC-NH NetLinx ICSNet Hub Cards, NXC-HS NetLinx ICSHub Server Cards and NXC-HE NetLinx ICSHub Expander Cards are
key components to comprehensive, far-reaching AMX control. These cards and modules are engineered to seamlessly distribute
ICSP (Internet Control System Protocol) data and NetLinx ICSNet control throughout the NetLinx Control System.
NetLinx ICSNet Hub Cards, ICSHub Server Cards and ICSHub Expander Cards can extend control up to 1,000 feet. By fully
regenerating data at every distribution point, the Cards and Hubs create control systems of virtually any size over long distances.
Hub Cards are available with NetLinx Integrated Controllers and CardFrames, as well as in a Module enclosure (NXS-MHS
NetLinx Master/Hub Module Shell) for stand-alone operation.
NXC-NH
NetLinx ICSNet Hub Card
FG2060
NXC-HE
NetLinx ICSHub Expander Card
FG2062
The NXC-NH NetLinx ICSNet Hub Card provides eight ICSNet ports.
The NXC-HE ICSHub Expander Card can be used as an ICS hub cable extender
where runs between ICS hubs are more than 1,000 feet. The NXC-HE Card can
also be used in place of a Master Card in a NXI NetLinx Integrated Controller or
NXF (CardFrame) to be used as slave devices.
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Distributes ICSNet data and power to other NetLinx devices
Manages up to 8 independent ICSNet wiring runs using Echelon technology
Handles wiring runs of up to 1,000 feet for each ICSNet run
Links to NetLinx Master and Hubs via ICSHub networking
Accepts ICSHub data, regenerates new ICSHub data link for up to 1,000 feet
Employs industry-standard CAT-5 wiring and connections
FEATURES
•
Links to NetLinx Master and Hubs via ICSHub networking
•
Available to install in NXF NetLinx CardFrame or NXI Integrated Controller
REAR PANEL
Available to install in NXF NetLinx CardFrame, NXI or in NXS-MHS
Module enclosure
•
PWR: 2-pin 12 VDC power terminal
•
ICSHub: Two RJ-45 jacks for ICSHub In/Out data and power, yellow LED flashes
when receiving data
REAR PANEL
•
PWR: 2-pin 12 VDC power terminal
ICSNet: Eight RJ-45 jacks for ICSNet data and power, green LED flashes when
receiving data
ICSHub: In and Out RJ-45 jacks for ICSHub data and power, yellow LED flashes
when receiving data
ENCLOSURE:
•
•
Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
•
1.5"x5.0"x8.8" (45 mm x 127 mm x 224 mm)
ENCLOSURE:
WEIGHT:
•
Metal with black matte finish
•
26 oz (737 g)
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
1.5"x5.0"x8.8" (45 mm x 127 mm x 224 mm)
WEIGHT:
NXC-HS
•
26 oz (737 g)
NetLinx ICSHub Server Card
FG2061
The NXC-HS ICSHub Server Card provides nine ICSHub OUT ports for
connecting NetLinx Controllers and Hubs, and one ICSHub IN port.
FEATURES
•
Distributes ISCHub data to other NetLinx Master and Hubs
•
Accepts ICSHub data In, regenerates new ICSHub data Out for up to 1,000 feet
REAR PANEL
•
PWR: 2-pin 12 VDC power terminal
•
ICSHub Out: 8 RJ-45 jacks for ICSHub data and power, yellow LED flashes when
receiving data
•
ICSHub: In and Out RJ-45 jacks for ICSHub data and power, yellow LED flashes
when receiving data
ENCLOSURE:
•
Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
1.5"x5.0"x8.8" (45 mm x 127 mm x 224 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
26 oz (737 g)
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
N E T L I N X H U B C A R D S A N D M O D U L E S
N E T L I N X S Y S T E M A C C E S S O R I E S
EXA
NXS-MHS
Master/Hub Module Shell
FG2009
Ethernet Crossover Adapter
FG959-10
Accepts NetLinx Processor ICSNet and ICSHub Cards. Includes faceplates for
Master and Hub.
Used to allow direct connection (without a network hub) between a PC's
10/100baseT Ethernet port to a Landmark (PLC) or NetLinx (NXC) Master Card
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
1.50"x 5.55"x 8.75" (3.81 cm x 14.10 cm x 22.23 cm)
NCK
NetLinx Connector Kit
FG2902
NXS-NMS
NetModule Shell
FG2009-10
CSB
Cable Support Bracket
(AXCENT3, AXCENT2,AXF-MINI, and AXB-VTI6)
The NXS-NMS NetModule Shell accommodates one NetLinx Control Card
and connects to the NetLinx bus via ICSNet connections. The NXS-NMS offers
a simple and economical way to integrate additional functionality
to control systems. Accepts all NetLinx (NXC) Control Cards
FG517
Application: 80% of all service calls are due to loose or broken cables.
Use the CSB to secure your control cable installation.
FEATURES
NXA-CFM32M
FG2116-01
Compact FLASH Upgrade for NXC-ME260
32MB
•
Control connector: 20-pin black (male) connector that connects the NetModule
Shell to external devices. These connectors are keyed to ensure proper installation
NXA-CFM64M
FG2116-01
Compact FLASH Upgrade for NXC-ME260
64MB
•
ICSNet RJ-45 connectors: Receives power and data from a NetLinx Master/Hub
ICSNet Port. An ICSNet port on a NetLinx Master or Hub supplies up to 500 mA
at 12 V for module power
•
12 VDC power supply connectors: Two parallel male 2-pin (green) parallel
connectors for 12 VDC power
NXA-CFM128M Compact FLASH Upgrade for NXC-ME260
FG2116-01 128MB
ENCLOSURE:
•
NXA-CFM256M Compact FLASH Upgrade for NXC-ME260
FG2116-01 256MB
Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
1.50"x 5.55"x 9.25" (3.81 cm x 14.10 cm x 23.50 cm)
NXA-CFM512M Compact FLASH Upgrade for NXC-ME260
FG2116-01
512MB
NXA-CFM1G
FG2116-01
Compact FLASH Upgrade for NXC-ME260
1GB
NXA-CFNI64M Compact FLASH Upgrade for NI Series Controllers
FG2116-01 64MB
NXA-CFNI128M Compact FLASH Upgrade for NI Series Controllers
FG2116-01 128MB
NXA-CFNI256M Compact FLASH Upgrade for NI Series Controllers
FG2116-01 256MB
NXA-CFNI512M Compact FLASH Upgrade for NI Series Controllers
FG2116-01
512MB
NXA-CFNI1G
FG2116-01
Compact FLASH Upgrade for NI Series Controllers
1GB
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
N E T L I N X C U S T O M P A N E L I N T E R F A C E
NETLINX 2-WAY WIRELESS SYSTEM PACKAGE
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
NI-CPNW
NetLinx Wireless System Package
FG840-K16
NXP-CPI16
NetLinx Custom Panel Interface
FG410
The NI-CPNW 2-way NetLinx Wireless System Package is ideal for integrating
large and smaller projects such as boardrooms, conference rooms, home
theaters, training and government facilities, military installations, houses of
worship and more. Impressive control features at the touch of a button.
The NXP-CPI16 NetLinx Custom Panel Interface is a versatile device, useful for
both custom panel and contact-closure applications. It will directly interface
with AMX Touch Panels and components designed for integration with Axcess
Control Systems. Two 20-pin headers provide ribbon cable wiring or direct-
connect insertion to circuit boards – one provides inputs for up to 16 closures
and the other drives feedback outputs for LEDs. Under software control, the
LED outputs can act as drivers to 8-segment bargraphs or operate as discrete
outputs for feedback.
This control solution package includes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
VPN-CP, 2-way ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch Panel
VPA-BP, ViewPoint Rechargeable Battery (NiMH)
PSN2.8, 12VDC, 2.8A Power Supply
VPA-DS, ViewPoint Docking station
NI-2000 with power supply
In addition, the NXC-CPI16 also provides two quadrature inputs to control
variable levels such as volume or lights. Able to read digital signals from
mechanical or optical rotary encoders, the response can be adjusted under
software control.
AXR-NWS, NetWave Server
Programming cables
4 IR Emitters
FEATURES:
•
Integrates custom panels with 16 closure inputs and 16 LED outputs, pin-for-pin
NETLINX 1-WAY WIRELESS SYSTEM PACKAGES
compatible with panels designed for AXC-CPI16
•
•
Operates as low-cost closure
Acts as driver for up to two 8-segment LED bargraphs, each bargraph uses eight
of the 16 LED outputs
Allows precision digital control of up to two levels from quadrature inputs
Accepts mechanical or optical rotary encoders
Offers programmable level response, provides software-driven performance
adjustment, and switchable coarse/fine level control
The world’s most versatile 1-way wireless Touch Panel System: NetLinx 1-way
Wireless Touch Panel System. With four IR ports, three RS-232/422/485 ports,
four I/O channels, and four relays, the NetLinx NI-2000 Integrated Controller
delivers instantaneous, intelligent control.
•
•
•
VPX-CPNI
NetLinx 1-way Wireless Touch Panel System
FG841-K1-304
INPUT CONNECTORS
•
Indicator power: Two-pin 3.5 mm captive wire
•
I/O Headers: Two 20-pin headers, 8 I/O channels each (16 closure inputs activated
with GND or TTL Low (< 0.8 V)). Open collector outputs (0-28 VDC). Inputs are
sampled approximately every 10 msec.
Rotary Encoder inputs: Two quadrature inputs on a 2x3 header (6-pin), two
encoder inputs (4-pin) with a +5 V supply pin (supplying up to 100 mA) and
a GND pin
This control solution package includes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
VPT-CP 304 MHz ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch Panel
NI-2000 Integrated Controller
Four CC-IRC infrared emitter cables
One CC-COM programming cable
One ViewPoint programming adapter cable
AXR-RF RF 304 MHz Receiver
•
ICSNET
•
Two RJ-45 connectors for ICSNet connection
PSN 2.8 12VDC, 2.8A Power Supply
ID BUTTON
•
Generates an event from the AXC-CPI16 to allow you to assign new device
numbers using the ID mode in NetLinx Studio Software
LED
•
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
NetLinx 1-way Wireless Touch Panel System
VPX-CPNI
ICSP status indicator (green)
OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS
FG841-K1-310
•
16-open collector outputs, acting as a switch to ground, up to 100 mA. Outputs
can be connected to voltages ranging between 0 and + 28 V. Each output is
updated every 10 msec
This control solution package includes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
VPT-CP 310 MHz ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch Panel
NI-2000 Integrated Controller
Four CC-IRC infrared emitter cables
One CC-COM programming cable
One ViewPoint programming adapter cable
AXR-RF RF 310 MHz Receiver
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
2.75" x 1.85" x 1.40" (6.99 cm x 4.70 cm x 3.56 cm)
WEIGHT:
•
8.10 oz. (229.63 g)
PSN 2.8 12VDC, 2.8A Power Supply
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
VIEWPOINT 1-WAY WIRELESS SYSTEM PACKAGE
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
VPX-CPNI
NetLinx 1-way Wireless Touch Panel System
FG841-K1-315
This control solution package Includes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
VPT-CP 315 MHz ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch Panel
NI-2000 Integrated Controller
Four CC-IRC infrared emitter cables
One CC-COM programming cable
One ViewPoint programming adapter cable
AXR-RF RF 315 MHz Receiver
PSN 2.8 12VDC, 2.8A Power Supply
VPX-CPNI
NetLinx 1-way Wireless Touch Panel System
FG841-K1-418
This control solution package Includes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
VPT-CP 418 MHz ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch Panel
NI-2000 Integrated Controller
Four CC-IRC infrared emitter cables
One CC-COM programming cable
One ViewPoint programming adapter cable
AXR-RF RF 418 MHz Receiver
PSN 2.8 12VDC, 2.8A Power Supply
VPX-CPNI
NetLinx 1-way Wireless Touch Panel System
FG841-K1-433
This control solution package Includes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
VPT-CP 433 MHz ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch Panel
NI-2000 Integrated Controller
Four CC-IRC infrared emitter cables
One CC-COM programming cable
One ViewPoint programming adapter cable
AXR-RF RF 433 MHz Receiver
PSN 2.8 12VDC, 2.8A Power Supply
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
N e t L in x
P e r ip h e r a ls / S o f t w a r e
N E X L I N X S O F T W A R E
N E T L I N X P L A T I N U M S E R I E S S O L U T I O N S
AMX has created a series of prepackaged control solutions for multiple environments. We provide you the tools you need to
facilitate the sale, ordering, delivery, installation and programming of your installation. By addressing specific vertical markets and
applications, AMX has successfully developed hardware and software packages that do not require any additional configuration
or programming time. Our prepackaged control solutions allow you to complete a project with considerable efficiency, as well as
target installations that will ultimately enhance your revenue.
NSK-DEDU
Education Solution System, Deluxe Edition
FG3001-01
NSS-DENT
Entertainment Solution Software, Deluxe Edition
FG3000-10
The AMX Deluxe Education Solution System provides the perfect one-touch
integration of hardware and software solutions for small and medium-size
education rooms. Designed to create a comfortable and supportive learning
environment, this solution employs the extremely capable NetLinx Control
System and intuitive AMX Touch Panels to control a variety of audio/video
equipment. To the highly trained instructor, AMX integration solutions
transform the education environment into the ideal interactive showcase of
video, audio and computer sources – all at the touch of a button.
AMX provides a Deluxe Entertainment Solution Software designed for medium
to large entertainment environments. The 4-Zone Deluxe Entertainment Software
helps to effectively reach customers by automating any combination of audio
and video components.
This software is included in the NSK-DENT Entertainment System
(described above).
NSK-PENT
Entertainment Solution System, Premium Edition
FG3001-11
NSS-DEDU
Education Solution Software, Deluxe Edition
FG3000-01
AMX provides a competitive one-touch integration solution designed for large
entertainment environments. This 8-Zone Premium Solution helps to effectively
reach customers by automating any combination of audio and video
components, employing the NetLinx Control System and intuitive AMX Touch
Panels to control a variety of audio/video, computer and paging equipment.
Simply define the required scope of control – eight zones for televisions, DSS
receivers, digital projectors and DVD players.
The AMX Deluxe Education Solution Software is designed to create a
comfortable and supportive learning environment utilizing AMX hardware and a
variety of audio/video equipment found in today’s classrooms. This software is
included with the NSK-DEDU Deluxe Education System (described above).
NSK-PEDU
Education Solution System, Premium Edition
FG3001-02
NSS-PENT
Entertainment Solution Software, Premium Edition
FG3000-11
The AMX Premium Education Solution System provides the perfect one-touch
integration of hardware and software solutions for larger education rooms and
auditoriums. Designed to create a comfortable and supportive learning
environment, this solution employs the extremely capable NetLinx Control
System and intuitive AMX Touch Panels to control a variety of audio/video
equipment. To the highly trained instructor, AMX integration solutions
transform the education environment into the ideal interactive showcase of
video, audio and computer sources – all at the touch of a button.
AMX provides a Premium Entertainment software package for a one-touch
solution designed for medium to large entertainment environments. The 8-Zone
Deluxe Software Solution helps to effectively reach customers by automating
any combination of audio and video components. Software is included in the
NSK-PENT Premium Entertainment System (described above).
NSK-DPRES
Presentation Solution System, Deluxe Edition
FG3001-20
NSS-PEDU
Education Solution Software, Premium Edition
FG3000-02
In today's media-driven presentation rooms – equipped with stereo equipment
and computers – AMX provides this one-touch integration solution, perfect for
controlling small and medium-size rooms. The Deluxe Presentation Solutions
delivers a high level of convenience and productivity, incorporating the powerful
NetLinx Control System and intuitive AMX Touch Panels to control a variety of
electronic equipment. This solution transforms the conference room into the
ideal interactive showcase of video, audio and computer sources – all at the
touch of a button.
The AMX Premium Education Solution Software is designed to create a
comfortable and supportive learning environment utilizing AMX hardware and a
variety of audio/video equipment found in today’s classrooms. This software is
included with the NSK-PEDU Premium Education System (described above).
NSK-DENT
Entertainment Solution System, Deluxe Edition
FG3001-10
AMX provides a competitive one-touch integration solution designed for
medium to large entertainment environments. This 4-Zone Deluxe Solution
helps to effectively reach customers by automating any combination of audio
and video components. This solution employs the NetLinx Control System and
intuitive AMX Touch Panels to control a variety of audio/video, computer and
paging equipment. Simply define the required scope of control – four zones for
televisions, DSS receivers, digital projectors and DVD players.
NSS-DPRES
Presentation Solution Software, Deluxe Edition
FG3000-20
AMX provides a Deluxe Presentation Software package for a one-touch solution
designed for medium to large presentation environments. The Deluxe
Presentation Software is included with the NSK-DPRES Presentation System
(described above).
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
N E X L I N X S O F T W A R E
N E T L I N X P L A T I N U M S E R I E S S O L U T I O N S
MeetingManager NSS-MMSV
NSS-MMCL
FG3002-04 (server)
FG3002-03 (client)
NSK-PPRES
Presentation Solution System, Premium Edition
FG3001-21
Available as a complete solution exclusively from AMX, MeetingManager fills
the void between the most popular room scheduling systems and the
automation/management of room resources including audio/visual and
environmental systems. With the ability of a single MeetingManager computer
console to interact with more than 500 separate NetLinx systems, this AMX-
exclusive state-of-the-art software package provides a comprehensive point of
control and automation for facility-wide and campus-wide operations. End
users can make room reservations through email and configure automated
events in advance. Integrators can provide remote support to the support staff
as technical backup
In today's media-driven presentation rooms – equipped with stereo equipment
and computers – AMX provides this of one-touch integration solution perfect
for controlling larger rooms. The Premium Presentation Solutions delivers a
high level of convenience and productivity, incorporating the powerful NetLinx
Control System and intuitive AMX Touch Panels to control a variety of
electronic equipment. AMX integration solutions transform the conference room
into the ideal interactive showcase of video, audio and computer sources – all
at the touch of a button.
NSS-PPRES
Presentation Solution Software, Premium Edition
FG3000-21
AMX provides this Premium Presentation Software package for a one-touch
solution designed for larger presentation environments. The Premium
Presentation Software is included with the NSK-PPRES Solution System
(described above).
NSS-VOTE
Voting Software Solution
FG070-516
The Voting Software Solution supports multiple voting groups that use a
common voting/meeting space. For instance, the City Council and Water Works
Commission may share the same room for voting but each group has different
members, seating assignments, agendas and voting rules. This solution can
store and recall multiple voting groups and agendas in such instances.
Additionally, voting rules can be saved for each voting group to allow for voting
customization between various groups. Take control by managing agendas,
welcoming all members and taking attendance roll call automatically. The
Voting Software Solution will accommodate councils or groups with as many
as 21 voting members.
PictureFrame
NSS-PFRAME
FG3002-05
Even in sleep mode, the award-winning Modero Touch Panel is great to look at.
That’s because our new PictureFrame PC-based software is designed to
transform any of the Modero panels into dynamic digital photo albums. Without
any special control system code or re-programming, end users can display
personal images on the user interface. Family photos, favorite artwork and
seasonal images can sequence through when the panel is not in use, providing
a visually pleasing solution that complements a room’s design. Intuitive menus
transport images directly from a PC to the Modero panel. TPDesign4 software
from AMX is used to define the types of images that will be displayed on the
user interface.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
N E X L I N X S O F T W A R E
N E T L I N X I N T E R N E T I N S I D E S O L U T I O N S
Our exclusive Internet Inside Solutions are a series of software packages designed to enhance the NetLinx Control System's
capabilities through the AMX Touch Panel. These innovative software applications combine the dynamics of NetLinx with the
features of the World Wide Web. They are written directly into the control system programming language and are activated using
AMX Touch Panel buttons. Take control of anything, from anywhere, at any time.
Internet Inside provides greater convenience, reliable security and effective communications for any size of business or home. In a
world where we are connected by electronics and inevitably find ourselves relying on so many information devices, AMX stands
for simplicity.
i!-AgendaPlus Display room schedules on AMX Touch Panels
i!-MediaPlayer Use NetLinx to play media files on the PC
FG070-502
FG070-514
Reserve rooms and prepare equipment ahead of time through email. You no
longer need to go through the laborious process of calling an assistant to set
up the meeting, getting IT to set up the equipment, and feel the need to arrive
15 minutes ahead of time to make sure everything is set up correctly. Times,
dates and reservations are conveniently displayed on an AMX Touch Panel
located at the entrance of each room.
Quickly and easily access your MP3 collection. Download as many music files
as you want into the PC. Your AMX Touch Panel controls your MP3 list and
plays it over any sound system connected to the control system. Rather than
having to burn your MP3s onto a CD, you can leave them on your PC and
create different playlists to keep the tunes going.
i!-NetDial
Manage audio and videoconferencing
FG070-500
i!-CDList
Select and play CD tracks from personalized playlists
FG070-501
Replace the traditional telephone book with something even easier to use and
so much faster. Scroll a Web-based directory, highlight a name, and i!-NetDial
speed dials for you. Rather than keeping an outdated printed phone list, you
keep an accurate, electronic list in a database that can be accessed through
your AMX Touch Panel. It’s perfect for audio and videoconferences and other
situations that call for efficient communications.
Manage a growing library of CDs without relying on your memory to determine
what is in slot “263" of the CD changer, or trying to remember which CD is
currently in the changer. Use your AMX Touch Panel to view your entire list of
music. Quickly search, make edits, and create playlists at will.
i!-Database Plus Access network databases using
the NetLinx Control System
i!-PCLink/CD/DVD
Control the PC's CD/DVD drives
through NetLinx
FG070-512
Access, read, translate and download information from a database straight into
NetLinx. If it’s a database you need, this application gives you the tools to
create one in no time. With i!-Database Plus, you can develop and customize
several other Internet Inside applications.
FG070-508
This unique application combines the flexibility of any AMX Touch Panel
with the PC. i!-PCLink/CD/DVD allows you to access the CD and DVD drives
on your PC, as well as control equipment within your control system through
the PC itself.
i!-Email Plus
Send and receive email from AMX Touch Panels
FG070-504
i!-PCLink/PowerPoint
Take control of your
You no longer need to drop anchor at the PC to check email. Use any AMX
Touch Panel to receive, send, forward, reply to all your email or manage
numerous user accounts, as well as create and save custom replies.
PowerPoint presentations
FG070-510
Captivate your audience. Advance your PowerPoint at the touch of a button.
Remain focused by referring to your speaker notes on the AMX Touch Panel,
while your audience views the presentation on a screen or monitor.
i!-EquipmentMonitor
Receive email alerts of system events
FG070-503
The best way to look after your equipment just got easier. Now you can receive
pre-written emails from the NetLinx Control System, which notifies you of
routine maintenance, potential problems, necessary repairs and breaches in
security. It’s simple, accurate and proactive.
i!-PCLink/Presentation Control
Use PowerPoint to control
the NetLinx Control System
FG070-521
For the ultimate in PowerPoint control, you can create your presentation and
control the room. Define PowerPoint slides that can activate automated events.
Imagine your first PowerPoint slide automatically dimming the lights. Your next
slide closes the drapes and turns up your microphone. Rather than running
around the room trying to get the environment just right, set up these
automated events directly within your presentation.
i!-FTPSender
Load files into NetLinx from FTP servers
FG070-511
Use this software package to share and download files between the NetLinx
Control System and FTP servers. i!-FTPSender reaches out to an FTP Server
located off-site, retrieves the necessary files, and loads each one into your AMX
Control System.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
N E T L I N X I N T E R N E T I N S I D E S O L U T I O N S
i!-MacroManager
FG070-522
i!-PCLink/Web Launch the Internet from the AMX Touch Panel
FG070-509
True automation is now available from AMX in the form of MacroManager.
Sequences of events, programmed to meet the desires and requirements of the
end user, are possible at the press of a single button on the AMX Touch Panel.
This application provides any end user the ability to personalize each macro as
needs change and more equipment is added, at will. MacroManager offers a list
of actions available on one or more NetLinx Control Systems, delivering
automated functionality within a single room, between rooms and offices, as
well as throughout multiple buildings. Each macro can be activated by the press
of a button or by scheduling the events to run on a certain date, at a specific
time. MacroManager can be used to create or add new macros, edit existing
ones, run macros, and schedule others.
Break free from the PC. Launch the Internet through the AMX Touch Panel –
from anywhere, at any time. Visit different web sites and open a variety of
computer files at the touch of a button.
i!-Schedule
Manage control system events
based on date and time
FG070-515
Take control of everything around you, with minimal effort. Save time. Save
money. Now you can schedule the lights to turn on and off at preset dates and
times. Schedule equipment to turn on, warm up and be ready to go ahead of
time. Program connected devices to operate according to one-time or recurring
events. All of the manual processes are preset to happen, even if you’re not
there.
i!-TimeManager Set the control system’s internal clock
based on an internal server
FG070-517
This application routinely verifies the correct time of your NetLinx internal clock
with the National Institute of Standards and Technology’s Internet Time Service
to ensure your system is always accurate. When you program certain system
events to happen at specific times, everything occurs to the second.
i!-Weather
Track worldwide weather conditions
on the AMX Touch Panel
FG070-518
Access precise, timely weather updates at the touch of a button. Based on
actual weather conditions, program your AMX control system to manage
lighting, sprinklers, pool and spa equipment, as well as receive email
notifications.
i!-WebControl
Control your integrated system through Internet
pages
FG070-520
Whether you are around the corner or across the country, you can access your
AMX Control System over a secure web address and instantly monitor and
control any device on your system. This application sheds new light on the
concept of working from home. Now you can work from anywhere and know
you are only an Internet connection away from controlling anything at any time.
i!-WebInfo Plus Surf the web on an AMX Touch Panel
FG070-506
For the latest headlines and stock reports, touch a button to retrieve timely
updates directly from an online news source delivered directly to you through
your AMX Touch Panel. The information that you are interested in can be easily
configured to meet your needs.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
C o n t r o l S y s t e m
A c c e s s o r ie s
I N P U T S E N S O R S
VSS2
Video Sync Sensor
FG5916-10
PCS
The VSS2 includes two independent signal detection channels. Each channel
triggers a logic-level output when a signal is present. Dual video jacks for each
channel allow loop-through operation. Great for use as a power sensor for
VCRs and other video sources, or to provide a warning on loss of audio, video,
or RGB signal.
Power Current Sensor
(for US 110 VAC 3-pole receptacles)
FG426
The PCS Power Current Sensor can
sense high, low or no power level
states for one device. It requires
external DC power.
FEATURES
•
Detects presence of signal from 1 kHz to greater than 100 kHz
CONTROL PORTS
CONTROL PORTS
•
Two solid-state outputs for channels A and B
•
Two open collector transistor outputs (On and Standby)
INCLUDES
INCLUDES
•
Four RCA jacks
•
•
•
LED indicators for Standby and On status
Sensing for 30 mA-15 A power current levels
3-prong, grounded 120 VAC receptacle
•
Two for each channel for loop-through operation
ENCLOSURE: Molded black matte plastic
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.0" x 5.3" (38 mm x 127 mm x 133 mm)
WEIGHT: 10.9 oz (309 g)
ENCLOSURE: Plastic with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 3.1" x 2.2" x 2.5" (80 mm x 57 mm x 64 mm)
WEIGHT: 4 oz (114 g)
RTS-1
OPTIONS
Room Temperature Sensor (requires AXC-TEMP card)
•
12 VDC power supply
FG748
The surface-mounted RTS-1 sends precise temperature measurement, from 0°-
250° F (-18°-120° C), to the AXC-TEMP Temperature Control Card.
CONTROL PORTS
•
Level output
•
Power input
PCS2
ENCLOSURE: Off-white metal for wall mounting
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.5" x 2.8" x 0.9" (114 mm x 70 mm x 23 mm)
WEIGHT: 3.2 oz (91 g)
Dual Power Current Sensor
(for US 110 VAC 3-pole receptacles)
FG427
The PCS2 Dual Power Current Sensor
can sense high, low or no power level
states for two devices, and includes a
built-in power supply.
TVS
CONTROL PORTS
TV Sensor
FG691
•
Four relay outputs (On and Standby for each source),1 A @ 28 VDC
INCLUDES
•
•
•
•
On and Standby status LEDs for each source
Power LED
Sensing for 20 mA, 10 A power current levels
Two US-style 3-prong 120 VAC receptacles
The TVS TV Sensor is an intelligent, digital scan frequency sensor that can
send a power on/power off closure signal to an AMX Input/Output control port.
When used with Axcess and NetLinx Integrated Controller I/O ports, the TV
Sensor can be an integrated solution for automatic, sensed power control of
video/graphic displays.
POWER
•
1200 W (10A) input power, fuse protected
US-style 3-prong 120 VAC power cord
•
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.5" x 5.5" (38 mm x 140 mm x 140 mm)
WEIGHT: 28.8 oz (806 g)
OPTIONS
•
CONTROL PORTS
•
One solid-state closure output (Sensed power on/off)
INCLUDES
•
•
•
Power on/off status LED
Internal frequency-sensor logic, (15-75 kHz)
Five-wire cable for closure output, 12 VDC input
AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit
ENCLOSURE: Black plastic with matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.1" x 1.1" x 0.8" (27 mm x 27 mm x 20 mm)
WEIGHT: 1.1 oz (3 g)
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
E Q U I P M E N T P R O T E C T I O N
NXA-UPS9510
FG678
NXA-MPS16F
FG677
A 19" Rack Mount surge protected UPS designed for AMX NetLinx systems.
The UPS has a capacity of 1000/650 VA/W with a battery maintaining a
recharge time of 5 hours (to 90% capacity). The unit comes with 8 NEMA
5-15R.
A 19" rack-mount silicon avalanche diode, NXA-MPS16F surge protection
system designed for AMX NetLinx systems for data and communications. The
unit mounts flush in the rack and provides 32 easy to reach ports for 16 In and
Out connections. These units provide surge protection for all communications
and DC power provided through the RJ-45 connections. Port number 1 is a
protected Ethernet port and port numbers 2 through 16 are for the NetLinx
communications protocols.
FEATURES
•
The NXA-UPS9510 has multiple voltage selections using line interactive
technology.
•
The unit features True Sine Wave output, Smart Battery Management and AVR
(Automatic Voltage Regulation) - all in a compact design (only 2 units high).
FEATURES
•
The rack mount protector is compact with in-line insulation.
Multiple interface options are available.
•
•
•
•
Capacity (VA/W): 1000/650
•
Input voltage range: 75-150 volts or 150-300 volts
Frequency range: 45-55Hz or 55-65Hz, auto-select
Output voltage on unit: 100/110/120/127 Volts 10% or
208/220/230/240 Volts 10%
Output voltage (on battery): 100/110/120/127 Volts 10% or
208/220/230/240 Volts 10%
Output frequency (on battery): 60/50Hz 1Hz
Output waveform: Sinewave
Battery Type: 12V / 7.2 AH x 4 (sealed maintenance free)
Recharge Time: 5 hours to 90% capacity
SPECIFICATIONS
•
•
•
•
•
•
Port Protection:
•
Ethernet Port #1 - All pins protected 7.5 Vpk 60A 10x1000 ms
NetLinx Ports #2-16 - All pins protected 7.5 Vpk 60A 10x1000 ms
DV Voltage pins 4-5 15 Vpk 206A 10x1000 ms
Dimensions: 3.5" x 19" x 0.875" (8.89 cm x 48.26 cm x 2.22 cm)
Temperature: -22° - 149° F (-30° - +65° C)
•
•
•
•
DIMENSIONS
•
17" x 19.6" x 3.5" (4.30 cm x 6.25 cm x 8.8 cm)
WEIGHT
•
72.75 lbs (21 kgs)
NXA-TSJ45
FG676
An individual plug-in silicon avalanche diode surge protector designed for
AMX NetLinx systems. The unit mounts on the end of individual nodes for
surge protection. These units provide surge protection for all communications
and DC power provided through the RJ45 connection.
FEATURES
•
All eight wires are surge protected.
•
The NXA-TSJ45 protectors should be installed on both ends of the data cable for
the most effective protection.
•
If a NXA-MPS16F patch panel is utilized, then it is recommended that one
NXA-TSJ45 be utilized on each node on the other end for complete line
protection.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Voltage Protection Level: All data pins are protected at 7.5 Vpk
DC voltage, pins 4-5 at 15 Vpk
Peak Pulse Current (10/1000ms):
Data: 60A 10 x 1000 ms
DC Power: 206A 10 x 1000 ms
Dimensions: 3.6" x 1.47" x 0.925" (9.14 cm x 3.73 cm x 2.35 cm)
Temperature: -22° - 149° F (-30° - +65° C)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
C O N T A C T C L O S U R E I N T E R F A C E S
PC2
AV2SM
Auto/Manual Video Switcher
FG5919
Dual Power Controller, 5 A
(110 VAC only)
FG675
The PC2 provides two switched outlets for 120 VAC power control up to
1200 W.
This 2x1 video/stereo audio switcher can be set for automatic or manual
operation. In the standard manual mode, a single latched closure is used to
select and activate the “B" video input. In the automatic mode, the “B" input is
programmed to switch instantly to the “A" input when “video sync" is detected.
The “A" input, recognized as the default input, always has priority.
CONTROL PORTS
•
Either one latched or one momentary closure for toggling on and off
•
Two switched AC receptacles, total load up to 10 A at 120 VAC
INCLUDES
FEATURES
•
Two front-panel on/off buttons with status LEDs
•
Detects presence of video sync in auto mode (NTSC, PAL, or SECAN)
•
DIP switch to set closure mode
CONTROL PORTS
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.5" x 5.5" (38 mm x 140 mm x 140 mm)
WEIGHT: 1.6 lbs (737 g)
•
Three BNC female connectors for Video Input A, B and Video Out
Captive-wire connectors for unbalanced audio and closure input
•
RESPONSE
•
OPTIONS
Video – 8 MHz
•
Audio – 30 Hz to 20 kHz
•
AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit
INCLUDES
•
Internal jumper to select auto or manual (default) mode
ENCLOSURE: Molded black matte plastic
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.65" x 5.09" x 6.09"
(41.91 mm x 129.28 mm x 154.68 mm)
UPC20+
WEIGHT: 10.9 oz (309 g)
Universal Power/Motor Controller,
20 A (110/220 VAC input)
FG672
The UPC20+ is a dual 20-amp AC power and motor controller designed for
conduit installation. The UPC20 can be configured for a wide variety of power
and motor control modes. Low-voltage contact-closure or open-collector inputs
allow control from simple wall panels or large systems. It is ETL listed.
PC1
Power Controller, 10 A
(110 VAC only)
FG670
CONTROL INPUTS
•
Four closure inputs; operation defined by mode
- Motor Control mode alternates between the timed operation
of the two power relays
The PC1 provides one switched outlet for 120 VAC power control up to 1200 W.
CONTROL PORTS
- Power Control mode allows independent control of both power relays
•
Either one latched or two momentary closures for discrete on and off, or one
momentary closure for toggling on and off
CONTROL PORTS
•
•
Switched AC receptacle, 10 A at 120 VAC
Two 2400 W power relays
INCLUDES
INCLUDES
•
Front-panel on/off button with status LED
•
•
•
One-, two- and three-button logic modes
Local test switches with status LEDs
115, 230 and 277 VAC control capability
•
DIP switch to set closure mode
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.5" x 5.5" (38 mm x 140 mm x 140 mm)
WEIGHT: 1.6 lbs (737 g)
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish, knockouts for conduit
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 8.5" (10.5" including flange) x 4.5" x 2.2"
(220 mm (270 mm including flange) x 110 mm x 60 mm)
OPTIONS
•
AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit
WEIGHT: 3 lbs (1.4 kg)
POWER: Self-powered when used with 110/220 VAC applications
OPTIONS
•
12 VDC power supply (required for 277 VAC applications)
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
S Y S T E M T O O L S
IRIS
EXA
IR/Serial Data Capture Device
Ethernet Crossover Adapter
FG5448
FG959-10
Used to allow direct connection (without a network hub) between a PC's
10baseT Ethernet port to a Landmark or NetLinx Master Card.
IRIS is a stand-alone, self-contained unit used to capture IR or wired function
signals from a hand controller. Once captured and verified, the control
functions are sent to a PC operating the IRLIB program.
ABS
AXLink Bus Strip
FG960
CONTROL PORTS
•
•
•
IR sensor to receive IR codes
IR serial input for wired IR codes
DB-9 female connector for Axcess and PC communication
Why continue stuffing multiple AXLink wires into a few 4-pin terminals? The
AXLink Bus Strip provides 10 AXLink terminals and connectors for plug-and-
play wiring, as well as a power (PWR) status LED and 12 VDC power input.
INCLUDES
•
•
•
•
Large, two-digit status LED display
Adjustable RS-232 port (300-9,600 baud)
12 VAC power supply
APPLICATION
•
Plug in AXLink terminals to combine up to 10 AXLink wiring runs
IRLIB software for IBM-compatible computers
INCLUDES
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.5" x 5.5" (38 mm x 140 mm x 140 mm)
WEIGHT: 18.2 oz (518.2 g)
•
•
•
•
12 VDC power status LED
10 4-pin AXLink connectors
one 2-pin power connector
4" double-sided foam tape
OPTIONS
•
AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.14" x 12.0" x 1.27"
(28.95 mm x 304.8 mm x 32.25 mm)
WEIGHT: 5.8 oz (164.42 g)
POWER: 12 VDC, 7 amps max.
PM-TERM
PHASTLink 120 Ohm
PHASTLink/CAT-5 Terminator
FG2861-01
20 pack
Used for terminating open PHASTLink, ICSNet or ICSHub outputs
STS
Serial-To-Screw Terminal Adapter
(DB9 female to screw terminals)
FG959
P O W E R S U P P L I E S
Need to connect a cable to a DB9 control port? Forget the hassles of parts,
pins, and soldering – get an STS, lock the wires down to the built-in screw
terminals, and plug it in.
PSN2.8
12 VDC, 2.8 A Power Supply
(regulated, 110 VAC input)
FG423-17
INCLUDES
•
•
•
DB9 female connector
Screw terminal block (9-pin)
Snap-together molded shell
APPLICATION
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 0.75" x 1.38" x 2.25" (19mm x 35 mm x 57 mm)
•
DC power for NetLinx systems
WEIGHT: 1.6 oz (45 g)
DC POWER OUTPUT
•
3.5 mm power connector, 12 VDC at 2.8 A
•
Switching regulated, overload protected
AC POWER INPUT
•
110/220 VAC auto-switch operation; UL, CSA, and TUV listed
•
US power cord included (110 VAC installations only)
ENCLOSURE: Molded black matte plastic, international IEC cable socket
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.6" x 2.3" x 1.5"
(117 mm x 58 mm x 35 mm), may vary
WEIGHT: 1 lb (450 g), may vary
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
P O W E R S U P P L I E S
PS-24VAC
24 Volt AC Power Supply
FG424
PSN6.5
12 VDC, 6.5 A Power Supply
(regulated, 110 VAC input)
FG423-41
The PS-24VAC power supply provides 40 VA of 24 volt AC power to the
ViewStat Thermostats. The full ViewStat product family includes:
COMPATIBILITY
•
•
•
NetLinx Control Systems
Axcess Control Systems
Landmark Home Automation Systems
APPLICATIONS
•
12 VDC power for systems, PosiTrack pan/tilt heads, AXC-PTI and AXB-CAM
Switching regulated, overload protected
•
AC POWER INPUT
•
110 VAC, UL/CSA recognized
US power cord included (110 VAC installations only)
•
PS4.4
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 5.5" x 5.5" x 1.4" (140 mm x 140 mm x 35 mm)
WEIGHT: 1.85 lbs (829 g)
13.5 VDC, 4.4 Power Supply,
(regulated 110/220 VAC input)
FG423-44
APPLICATION
•
DC power for MVP-7500, MVP-8400 and MVP-TDS
PS2.8 and PSN2.8
12 VDC, 2.8 A Power Supply
regulated, 110 VAC input)
DC POWER OUTPUT
•
•
•
13.5 Volts DC, 4.4 Amps
6mm Coaxial barrel-style plug
Switching regulated, overload protected
FG423-05
PS2.8
5 mm 2 Pin Phoenix Connector
2.1 mm 2 Pin Barrel Plug
FG423-11
PSN2.8
AC POWER INPUT
APPLICATION
•
100-240 VAC
•
DC power for Axcess systems
•
50-60 Hz
DC POWER OUTPUT
ENCLOSURE
•
2.8 A @ 12 VDC
Switching regulated, overload protected
•
Molded black matte plastic
•
•
international IEC cable socket
AC POWER INPUT
DIMENSIONS (HWD)
•
110/220 VAC auto-switch operation; UL, CSA and TUV listed
US power cord included (110 VAC installations only)
•
4.6" x 2.3" x 1.5" (117 mm x 58 mm x 35 mm)
•
WEIGHT
ENCLOSURE: Molded black matte plastic, international IEC cable socket
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.6" x 2.3" x 1.5"
•
1 lb. (0.45 kg)
(117 mm x 58 mm x 35 mm), may vary
WEIGHT: 1 lb (450 g), may vary
PSN4.4
13.5 VDC, 4.4 Power Supply,
(regulated 110/220 VAC input)
FG423-45
PS-PT2
APPLICATION
24 VDC, 1.6 A Power Supply
(regulated, 110/220 VAC input)
FG423-09
•
DC power for NetLinx systems, MVP-WDS and CV7 Touch Panel
DC POWER OUTPUT
•
•
•
13.5 Volts DC, 4.4 Amps
3.5 mm phoenix-style plug
Switching regulated, overload protected
APPLICATIONS
•
24 VDC power for pan/tilt heads, AXC-PTI and AXB-CAM
AC POWER INPUT
•
100-240 VAC
50-60 Hz
DC POWER OUTPUT
•
•
1.6 A @ 24 VDC
•
Switching regulated, overload protected
ENCLOSURE
•
Molded black matte plastic
international IEC cable socket
AC POWER INPUT
•
•
110/220 VAC auto-switch operation; UL, CSA and TUV listed
DIMENSIONS (HWD)
•
US power cord included (110 VAC installations only)
•
4.6" x 2.3" x 1.5" (117 mm x 58 mm x 35 mm)
ENCLOSURE: Molded black matte plastic, international IEC cable socket
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 5.5" x 3.0" x 1.8" (140 mm x 76 mm x 45 mm)
WEIGHT: 1.5 lbs (680 g)
WEIGHT
•
1 lb. (0.45 kg)
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
A M X S T A N D A R D 1 0 F T . T H I R D P A R T Y C A B L E S
M O U N T I N G H A R D W A R E
CC-IRC
IR Emitter Cable
FG10-000
Application: Transmits IR commands to controlled sources
CSB
Cable Support Bracket (AXCENT3, AXCENT2, AXF-MINI and AXB-VTI6)
FG517
CC-NIRC
NetLinx IR Emitter Cable
FG10-000-11
Application
•
80% of all service calls are due to loose or broken cables
•
Use the CSB to secure control cable installation
CC-IRX
CC-IR AMX TV Sensor Cable
FG10-042
CSB2
Cable Support Bracket (AXF-M/S or AXF-S CardFrame)
FG517-10
CC-USB
USB Programming Cable
FG10-5965
APPLICATION
•
80% of all service calls are due to loose or broken cables
•
Use the CSB2 to secure control cable installation
CC-COM
Axcess Programming Cable
FG10-727
APPLICATION
•
Connects a PC's COM port to the Axcess Master Port
•
Available for 9- and 25-pin COM ports.
AC-RK
Accessory Rack Kit
FG515
INCLUDES
•
DB-9 or DB-25 female connector for computer COM port
•
DB-9 female connector for Axcess Master port
APPLICATION
•
Holds up to three Axcess or NetLinx modules, single rack height
AC-RK3
CC-232
Extended Length Axcent3 Rack Kit
RS-232/422 Cable
FG518
APPLICATION
APPLICATION
•
Connects RS-232/422/485 ports to controlled sources
•
Allows rear-rail mounting of Axcent3 units
•
Please specify 3rd party device
TMX-CB
Cable Security Bracket for AXB-TMC/TMX+
FG524
APPLICATION
•
Protects TMC/TMX+ cables and from tampering
TMX-RK+
Rack Mount Kit for AXB-TMC/TMX+
FG522
APPLICATION
•
Rack-mounts one TMC/TMX+
•
Accepts one AC-RK compatible control device
TMX-SM
Flush Mounting Kit for AXB-TMC/TMX+
FG523
APPLICATION
•
Mounts TMC/TMX+ to TV, projector, or any flat surface
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
VST-DIST
ViewStat Interface Distribution Panel
FG944-03
VIEWSTAT COMMUNICATING THERMOSTAT SYSTEM
The ViewStat Communicating Thermostat offers
complete digital thermostat functionality,
including the ability to schedule automatic
temperature adjustments throughout the day,
control relative humidity levels and power-
outage protection. ViewStat is available with
(VST) and without (VST-TSTAT) an ICSNet
MiniVerter interface, providing dealers with
flexibility in deciding the control system
interface.
The VST-DIST connects to up to eight ViewStat thermostats (VST-TSTAT, not
included), providing a convenient and effective method of wiring multiple
thermostats to the control system. The VST-DIST provides one RS422 interface
to the control system and eight RS422 interfaces for the thermostats.
VST-TTM
ViewStat Dual Temperature Support Module
FG944-10
The VST-TTM expands the capabilities of the ViewStat, providing remote
temperature sensing to increase the efficiency of the HVAC system. The VST-
TTM provides one on-board temperature sensor. Optionally, one or two remote
temperature sensors (VST-TSF and VST-TSO) may be connected to the VST-
TTM to achieve maximum comfort and performance.
The ViewStat product family includes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
VST: ViewStat with MiniVerter (ICSNet Interface)
VST-TSTAT: ViewStat only
VST-MVRT: MiniVerter ICSNet Interface only
VST-DIST: Distribution Panel (RS422 Interface)
VST-TTM: Dual Temperature Support Module
VST-TRH: Temperature/Humidity Support Module
VST-TSF: Flush-mount indoor temperature sensor
VST-TSO: Duct/outdoor temperature sensor
PS-24VAC: 24 VAC power supply
VST-TRH
ViewStat Dual Temperature Support Module
FG944-20
The VST-TRH expands the capabilities of the ViewStat, providing remote
temperature and humidity sensing to increase the comfort and efficiency of the
HVAC system. The VST-TRH provides one on-board temperature sensor and
one on-board humidity sensor. Optionally, a remote temperature sensor (VST-
TSF or VST-TSO) may be connected to the VST-TRH to achieve maximum
comfort and performance.
VST and VST-TSTAT
ViewStat Communicating Thermostat
FG944
FG944-01
Model VST – With MiniVerter (VST-MVRT)
Model VST-TSTAT – Without MiniVerter
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
VST-TSF
•
•
•
Control Accuracy = +/- 1.0° Fahrenheit (+/- 0.56° Celsius)
Control Range = +/- 1.0° Fahrenheit (+/- 0.56° Celsius)
Control Range = +/- 1.0° Fahrenheit (+/- 0.56° Celsius)
ViewStat Flush-Mount Indoor Temperature Sensor
FG944-30
The VST-TSF is a flush mount temperature sensor for indoor use only. The
VST-TSF can be installed on any interior wall for remote temperature sensing
that literally blends in with any décor.
COMPATIBILITY
•
•
•
NetLinx Control Systems
Access Control Systems
Landmark Home Automation Systems
VST-TSO
POWER
ViewStat Outdoor/Duct Temperature Sensor
•
•
•
•
•
Control Voltage = 24VAC or 24VDC (+/- 20%)
Switched Voltage = 18 – 30 VAC
Maximum Switchable Current:
Two Amps total rated voltage, through all outputs
One Amp through any one output
FG944-40
The VST-TSO is a remote temperature sensor for outdoor and HVAC duct use.
The VST-TSO can be installed in any location for remote temperature sensing
in harsh environmental conditions.
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 5.01" x 5.52" x 1.15"
(127.2 mm x 140.2 mm x 29.2 mm)
PS-24VAC
24 Volt AC Power Supply
FG424
WEIGHT: 5.29 oz (150 grams)
VST-MVRT
ViewStat MiniVerter Interface
FG944-02
The PS-24VAC power supply provides 40 VA of 24 VAC power to the ViewStat
Thermostats.
The VST-MVRT adds an ICSNet interface to the ViewStat Communicating
Thermostat (VST-TSTAT does NOT include VST-MVRT).
INCLUDES
•
Mounting bracket to attach the interface directly to the VST-TSTAT
•
Snap-track to mount the interface remotely
COMPATIBILITY
•
NetLinx Control Systems
•
Landmark Home Automation Systems
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
In t e g r a t e d
C o n t e n t S e r v e r s
M A X I N T E G R A T E D M U S I C S E R V E R ( M A X - I M S )
Welcome to a new and exciting world of music, where digital content can be stored, accessed, and displayed in the exact same
quality as the original recordings. Build and control a library of CDs (and MP3s) with ease, and instantly play the stored content
simultaneously, to different integrated environments. Introducing MAX, the Integrated Content Server from AMX that makes this
all possible.
CAPACITY
MAX-IMS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
MAX - IMS 500 – 500 CD capacity, 2 audio outputs
FG2177-02
FG2177-04
FG2177-06
FG2177-08
FG2177-10
FG2177-12
FG2177-14
FG2177-16
Integrated Music Server
MAX - IMS 500 – 500 CD capacity, 4 audio outputs
MAX - IMS 1000 – 1000 CD capacity, 2 audio outputs
MAX - IMS 1000 – 1000 CD capacity, 4 audio outputs
MAX - IMS 1500 – 1500 CD capacity, 2 audio outputs
MAX - IMS 1500 – 1500 CD capacity, 4 audio outputs
MAX - IMS 2500 – 2500 CD capacity, 2 audio outputs
MAX - IMS 2500 – 2500 CD capacity, 4 audio outputs
For audio distribution systems of any size, the Integrated Music Server (IMS)
manages a continuously growing and changing collection of CDs with
astonishing efficiency. The IMS has enough memory capacity to effectively
store and manage from 500 to 2,500 CDs in native format quality – the highest
standard of sound possible. Users can add as many audio files as desired, as
well as search and select titles and tracks with rapid results. The IMS integrates
significantly easier than any other personal music server or CD carousel. Each
unit operates in concert with a wide range of electronic equipment, including
audio systems, plasma screens and the latest AMX Touch Panels. MAX
products also can be controlled by a Windows™ PC, a Pocket PC™ or the
most popular control systems.
INCLUDED ITEMS
•
Power cord
MECHANICAL FEATURES
DIMENSIONS
•
1.75" H x 19" W x 18.50" D (4.45cm x 48.26cm x 46.99cm)
WEIGHT
•
•
•
•
MAX - IMS 500 – 19lbs (8.61kg)
STANDARD FEATURES
MAX - IMS 1000 – 21lbs (9.52kg)
MAX - IMS 1500 – 23lbs (10.43kg)
MAX - IMS 2500 – 24lbs (10.88kg)
•
Hard drive based music server with lossless compression to allow playback at full
CD quality.
•
•
Progressive text search locates the disc you’re looking for instantly.
Control any MAX product over Ethernet or RS-232 via your AMX or Crestron
control System, a Windows PC, or an on-screen interface.
•
•
Includes powerful Windows software for PC control.
CD title recognition is available instantly from the CD database within the unit.
The CD database is updated monthly as well as any software upgrades and web
based technical support.
•
•
•
Two units can be joined together to allow for greater capacity and more outputs.
Available with 2 or 4 independent audio outputs (analog and S/PDIF digital).
Includes CD-RW drive for updating library or creating custom CDs.
AUDIO FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
24bit D/A conversion
48khz sampling rate
Output level -10dBV nominal
Signal to Noise Ratio 110db A-weighted
Archive your IMS CD database.
Provides quick and easy backup restoration.
POWER
•
110-240VAC 60/50hz 4.3A
150 WATTS
•
FRONT PANEL
•
•
•
Blue Power LED
Power switch
CD-RW drive
REAR PANEL CONNECTIONS
•
•
•
•
•
AC power
RJ45 Ethernet for external control
DB9 RS-232 port for external control
RCA PCM digital output for audio output
(2) RCA stereo analog outputs for each output port
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
M A X I N T E G R A T E D M U S I C S E R V E R ( M A X - B M S )
Welcome to a new and exciting world of music, where digital content can be stored, accessed, and displayed in the exact same
quality as the original recordings. Build and control a library of CDs (and MP3s) with ease, and instantly play the stored content
simultaneously, to different integrated environments. Introducing MAX, the Integrated Content Server from AMX that makes this
all possible.
MAX-BSM
Backup Storage Module
Think smart, plan ahead. MAX does these things for you with the Backup
Storage Module, which provides peace of mind. In the rare event that the
MAX IMS were to lose any of the stored information, the BSM will come to
the rescue. The BSM keeps all the original data on backup. Simply transfer the
data from the IMS onto the BMS and save valuable time, knowing it will always
be there.
FEATURES
•
Archive your IMS CD database.
•
Provides quick and easy backup restoration.
POWER
•
110-240VAC 60/50hz 4.3A
150 WATTS
•
FRONT PANEL
•
Blue power LED
Power switch
•
REAR PANEL CONNECTIONS
•
•
•
AC power
RJ45 Ethernet for external control
DB9 RS-232 port for external control
CAPACITY
•
•
•
•
MAX - BSM 500 – 500 CD capacity
FG2177-60
FG2177-70
FG2177-80
FG2177-90
MAX - BSM 1000 – 1000 CD capacity
MAX - BSM 1500 – 1500 CD capacity
MAX - BSM 2500 – 2500 CD capacity
INCLUDED ITEMS
•
Power cord
MECHANICAL FEATURES
DIMENSIONS
•
1.75" H x 19" W x 18.50" D (4.45cm x 48.26cm x 46.99cm)
WEIGHT
•
•
•
•
MAX - BSM 500 – 19lbs (8.61kg)
MAX - BSM 1000 – 21lbs (9.52kg)
MAX - BSM 1500 – 23lbs (10.43kg)
MAX - BSM 2500 – 24lbs (10.88kg)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
M A X M U L T I M E D I A S E R V E R ( M A X - M M S )
Welcome to a new and exciting world of music and movies, where digital content can be stored, accessed, and displayed in the
exact same quality as the original recordings. Build and control a library of CDs and DVDs with ease, and instantly play the stored
discs simultaneously, from different integrated environments. Introducing MAX, the Integrated Multimedia Content Server from
AMX that makes this all possible.
INCLUDED ITEMS
•
Power cord
Rack ears
•
MECHANICAL FEATURES
DIMENSIONS
MAX-MMS
MultiMedia Server
•
7" H x 16 7/8" W (without rack ears) x 18 9/16" D
(17.78cm x 42.88cm x 47.51cm)
WEIGHT
•
•
•
•
•
•
MAX - MMS 125 – 39lbs (17.69kg)
For audio and video distribution systems of any size, the MultiMedia Server
(MMS) manages a continuously growing and changing collection of CDs and
DVDs with astonishing efficiency. The MMS has enough memory capacity to
effectively store and manage from 125 to 900 DVDs, plus thousands of CDs.
Users can add as many audio and video files as desired, as well as search and
select titles and tracks with rapid results. The MMS integrates significantly
easier than any other personal music server or CD carousel. Each unit operates
in concert with a wide range of electronic equipment, including audio systems,
plasma screens and the latest AMX Touch Panels. MAX products also can be
controlled by a Windows™ PC, a Pocket PC™ or the most popular control
systems.
MAX - MMS 200 – 41lbs (18.60kg)
MAX - MMS 300 – 45lbs (20.41kg)
MAX - MMS 350 – 49lbs (22.23kg)
MAX - MMS 400 – 53lbs (24.04kg)
MAX - MMS 900 – 57lbs (25.86kg)
STANDARD FEATURES
•
•
•
•
No compression is used to store CDs or DVDs.
Outputs same quality as original media.
Also stores CDs with no quality loss - 25 CDs can be stored in place of 1 DVD.
Control any MAX product over Ethernet or RS-232 via your AMX or Crestron
control System, a Windows PC, or an on-screen interface.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Includes WinMAS™ software for control by a Windows PC.
Progressive Text Search locates the content instantly.
Ethernet output for content distribution via Audio / Video Modules.
Runs on a highly reliable Linux platform.
RAID5 disk drive system.
2 MMS units can be joined together for more capacity or more zones.
FRONT PANEL
•
•
•
•
•
Blue Power LED
Blue Hard Drive Activity LED
Power switch
Reset switch
DVD/CDRW drive
REAR PANEL CONNECTIONS
•
•
•
•
•
AC power
Power supply switch
DB9 RS-232 port for external control
RJ45 Ethernet port for external control
RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet port for connection to AVM modules through Gigabit
Ethernet hub
CAPACITY
•
•
•
•
•
•
MAX - MMS125, 125 DVD capacity
FG2178-01
FG2178-02
FG2178-03
FG2178-04
FG2178-05
FG2178-06
MAX - MMS200, 200 DVD capacity
MAX - MMS300, 300 DVD capacity
MAX - MMS350, 350 DVD capacity
MAX - MMS400, 400 DVD capacity
MAX - MMS900, 900 DVD capacity
POWER
•
115VAC/10A 60hz
235VAC/5A 50hz
•
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
M A X M U L T I M E D I A S E R V E R ( M A X - M M S )
Welcome to a new and exciting world of music and movies, where digital content can be stored, accessed, and displayed in the
exact same quality as the original recordings. Build and control a library of CDs and DVDs with ease, and instantly play the stored
discs simultaneously, from different integrated environments. Introducing MAX, the Integrated Multimedia Content Server from
AMX that makes this all possible.
MAX-AVM
Audio/Video Modules
FG2178-50
Experience the convenience and luxury of custom video distribution. Simply
add one of our Audio Video Modules (AVM) to each area of the house that you
want content to be displayed. The AVM communicates directly with MAX-MMS
to create a distinct audio/video zone that can be controlled and personalized
using an AMX Touch Panel.
FEATURES
•
Streaming DVD playback module
•
Eight AVM modules can be connected to an MMS content server
AUDIO/VIDEO FEATURES
•
•
•
VGA video output is 1024 x 768 resolution @60hz
Dolby Digital and DTS supported digital audio formats.
Aspect Ratio control
POWER
•
12VDC 5A, external power supply
FRONT PANEL
•
•
•
Green Power LED
Amber hard drive activity LED
Power button
REAR PANEL CONNECTIONS
•
•
•
•
•
•
1/4" DC power
RJ45 Ethernet connected to LAN
RCA S/PDIF digital audio output
DB15HD VGA output
S-video monitor output
1/8" analog audio output
INCLUDED ITEMS
•
12VDC 5A external power supply
1/8" to RCA female Y adapter
•
MECHANICAL FEATURES
DIMENSIONS
•
2 3/16" H x 7" W x 11 " D (5.56cm x 17.78cm x 27.94cm)
WEIGHT
•
3.5lbs (1.59kg)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
L ig h t in g
A M X I N C O N C E R T W I T H L U T R O N
ALD-D48
AMX Network Lighting Solution Dimmer
ALD-1000NS
1000 W/VA Vareo Switch
FG2604-30
Interface
FG2604
The ALD-D48 is the heart of an AMX integrated
network lighting solution. The programmatic
interface to the ALD-D48 appears similar to an
The ALD-1000NS is a Vareo-Style, 1,000 W switch and is
used in concert with the ALD-D48 Dimmer Interface to
provide a total Network Lighting Solution. It functions much
AMX native device in that it utilizes a standard
like a standard switch with an integral microprocessor that
AMX command set. When used with ALD dimmers and switches a complete
NetLinx compatible lighting system is formed.
allows them to be incorporated into a lighting control system. The Vareo-Style
Dimmers/Switches are useful in locations where single circuits of lighting need
to be dimmed or switched on and off. Advanced features include fade on/fade
off, slow fade off, and rapid full on. Vareo-Style Dimmers/Switches include a
front accessible air-gap switch for safe lamp replacement. All Vareo-Style
models can be installed in either single pole or 3-way applications.
Each ALD-D48 can support up to 48 Vareo switches (12 buses with four
switches per bus). Further, up to 10 ALD-D48s can be connected to one
NetLinx master. This produces a network of control for 480 switches.
ALD-1000D
1000 W/V/A Vareo Dimmer
FG2604-10
The ALD-1000D is a Vareo-Style, 1,000 W dimmer and is
used in concert with the ALD-D48 Dimmer Interface to
ALD-VETS-R
Auxiliary Switch for Vareo Dimmers/Switches
FG2604-40
provide a total Network Lighting Solution. It functions much like a standard
dimmer with an integral microprocessor that allows them to be incorporated
into a lighting control system. The Vareo-Style Dimmers/Switches are useful in
locations where single circuits of lighting need to be dimmed or switched on
and off. Advanced features include fade on/fade off, slow fade off and rapid full
on. Vareo-Style Dimmers/Switches include a front accessible air-gap switch for
safe lamp replacement. All Vareo-Style models can be installed in either single
pole or 3-way applications.
To achieve 3-way control of lights, the ALD-VETS-R is used
as an auxiliary tap switch in conjunction with the Vareo-Style
Dimmers/Switches. As many as nine VETS-R controls can be
used with a single Vareo-Style Dimmer/Switch.
ALD-VWP-2
Lutron 2 Gang Wall Plate
FG2604-60
ALD-600D
600 W/V/A Vareo Dimmer
FG2604-20
ALD-VWP-3
Lutron 3 Gang Wall Plate
FG2604-61
The ALD-600D is a Vareo-Style, 600 W dimmer and is used
in concert with the ALD-D48 Dimmer Interface to provide a
total Network Lighting Solution. It functions much like a standard dimmer with
an integral microprocessor that allows them to be incorporated into a lighting
control system. The Vareo-Style Dimmers/Switches are useful in locations
where single circuits of lighting need to be dimmed or switched on and off.
Advanced features include fade on/fade off, slow fade off, and rapid full on.
Vareo-Style Dimmers/Switches include a front accessible air-gap switch for
safe lamp replacement. All Vareo-Style models can be installed in either single
pole or 3-way applications.
ALD-VWP-4
Lutron 4 Gang Wall Plate
FG2604-62
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
R A D I A L I G H T I N G C O N T R O L E N C L O S U R E S
RDA-ENC8W
8-Module In-Wall Enclosure
FG606-17
RDA-ENC2
Radia Lighting 2 Space Enclosure
FG606-10
In-wall enclosure mounts between 16.00" centered studs, provides eight spaces
for Radia Control Cards, Modules and Integrated Dimming Modules.
FEATURES
•
•
•
Supports installation of single-phase Dimmer Cards
Provides two spaces for Radia Lighting Cards and Modules
Six knockouts for 1/2", 3/4", and 1" conduit
APPLICATION
•
In-wall enclosure for Radia Lighting systems
•
Provides eight spaces for Radia Control Cards, Modules
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 12.00" x 6.00" x 6.00" (305 mm x 152 mm x 152 mm)
WEIGHT: 4.5 lbs (2.0 Kg)
and Integrated Dimmer Modules (except RDM-2INC and RDM-INC50)
•
Supports up to 24 dimming channels per unit (4 RDD-DM6)
MOUNTING
•
•
•
Installs within 16.00" centered studs or surface-mount,
Inserts 3.25" into wall to hide conduit (knockouts included)
Projects 4.25" away from wall for ventilation
RDA-ENC4
Radia 4 Space Enclosure
FG606-11
ENCLOSURE
•
Black matte metal enclosure with ventilated cover, nail plates for stud mounting
•
Dimensions: approx. 37.00" x 15.25" x 7.50" (940 mm x 387 mm x 191 mm)
FEATURES
•
•
•
Supports installation of single-phase Dimmer Cards
Provides four spaces for Radia Cards and Modules
Nine knockouts for 1/2", 3/4", and 1.00" conduit
RDA-ENC6B and RDA-ENC12B
Radia Lighting 6 Space Enclosure
with 6 or 12 Breakers
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 12.00" x 12.00" x 6.00" (305 mm x 305 mm x 152 mm)
WEIGHT: 7.5 lbs (3.4 Kg)
FG606-13
FG606-15
FG606-14
FG606-16
6 breakers, 120VAC
6 breakers, 240VAC
12 breakers, 120VAC
12 breakers, 240VAC
FEATURES
•
Supports multi-phase wiring for one RDC-PDC Dimmer Card
Includes six or 12 20A circuit breakers and terminals for multi-phase wiring
Provides six spaces for Radia Lighting Modules
Mounts RDC-PDC card in dedicated, pre-wired compartment
18 knockouts for 1/2", 3/4", and 1.00" conduit
•
•
•
•
RDA-ENC6
Radia 6 Space Enclosure
FG606-12
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 24.00" x 18.00" x 6.00" (607 mm x 457 mm x 152 mm)
WEIGHT: 16.5 lbs, (7.5 Kg)
FEATURES
•
•
•
Supports installation of single-phase Dimmer Cards
Provides six spaces for Radia Lighting Cards and Modules
10 knockouts for 1/2", 3/4", and 1.00" conduit
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 12.00" x 18.00" x 6.00" (305 mm x 457 mm x 152 mm)
WEIGHT: 9.5 lbs (4.3 Kg)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
R A D I A C O N T R O L C A R D S
I N T E G R A T E D D I M M E R M O D U L E S
INTEGRATED DIMMER MODULE FEATURES
RADIA CONTROL CARD FEATURES
•
Provides intelligent system processing, networking
•
Delivers digital dimming control to Radia Modules from six control ports, as well
as onboard system processing, networking, and non-volatile preset memory
and non-volatile preset memory
Drives all channels using the same power phase
Stores 128 onboard presets, each can use unique fade time
Ramps using programmable fade time, from zero to 255 seconds
Provides up to 16 different dimming curves for precision control
Creates system-wide and zoned presets
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Drives all channels using the same power phase
Stores 128 onboard presets, each can use unique fade time
Ramps using programmable fade time, from 0 to 255 seconds
Provides up to 16 different dimming curves for precision control
Adapts with software-driven settings for low-end dimming cutoff
Creates system-wide and zoned presets
MOUNTING
•
Installs into two Radia Lighting Enclosure spaces
MOUNTING
COOLING
•
Installs into one Radia Lighting Enclosure space
•
Requires no fans, convection-cooled
COOLING
LISTING
•
Requires no fans, convection-cooled
•
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
LISTING
CONTROL
•
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
•
PROlink: A 4-wire data bus that interconnects Dimmer Cards, Integrated Dimmer
Modules and wall panels. The high-speed network can operate up to 60 lighting
channels (10 6-channel packs) and Wall Panels.
AXLink: A four-wire data bus that connects Radia Lighting Systems to AMX
Axcess, NetLinx and Landmark Control Systems, and allows Radia lighting control
to be a carried over copper wiring, fiber optic cable, a computer network and the
Internet.
CONTROL FORMATS
•
•
•
PROlink: A 4-wire data bus that interconnects Control Cards, Integrated Dimmer
Modules and wall panels. The high-speed network can operate up to 60 lighting
channels (10 6-channel packs) and Wall Panels.
AXLink: A 4-wire data bus that connects Radia Lighting Systems to AMX Axcess,
NetLinx and Landmark Control Systems, and allows Radia lighting control to be a
carried over copper wiring, fiber optic cable, a computer network and the Internet.
Closures: Each Dimmer Card can accept up to eight contact closure inputs for
basic preset recall and inexpensive lighting control.
•
•
Closures: Each Dimmer Card can accept up to eight contact closure inputs for
basic preset recall and inexpensive lighting control.
RDD-DM6
6-Channel Integrated
Dimmer Module
FG606-22
FG606-23
RDC-DC
120VAC
240VAC
Radia Control Card, 6-Channel
Dimmer – Single Phase
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
FG606-01
FG606-02
FG606-03
120VAC
240VAC
277VAC
FG606-25
277VAC
SIX 10A ONBOARD DIMMERS
VOLTAGE
•
• Drive all six from one 20A feed
Available for 120/240/277 VAC applications (3 models)
• Split into two 20A zones, three dimmers per zone
• No digital control channels for Radia Lighting Modules
VOLTAGE
•
Available for 120/240/277 VAC applications
RDD-DM4
4-Channel Integrated
Dimmer Module
RDC-PDC
FG606-20
120VAC
Radia Pro Control Card,
Dual or 3 Phase
FG606-21
240VAC
FG606-04
FG606-05
120VAC
240VAC
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
FG606-24
277VAC
VOLTAGE
FOUR 10A ONBOARD DIMMERS
•
Available for 120/240 VAC applications (2 models)
•
•
•
Drive all four from one 20A feed
Split into two 20A feeds, 2 dimmers per feed
Two digital control ports for Radia Lighting Modules
VOLTAGE
•
Available for 120/240/277 VAC applications
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
R A D I A D I M M E R M O D U L E S
RDM-DC
DC Module, 1,920 W, 0-12 VDC
FG606-60
RDM-INC
Incandescent Dimmer Module, 2,400 W
Application
FG606-30
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Dims one circuit DC-controlled electronic fluorescent ballasts
Ramps 0–12 VDC signal for level control
One 20A Positive air gap relays for power
Current sinking
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
•
•
20A Incandescent-compatible dimming
General-purpose switching, no positive air gap
40A SCR, 350 microsecond rise time choke
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
RDM-2INC
RDM-2DC
Dual Incandescent Dimmer Module, 2,400 W (x2)
Dual DC Module, 1,920 W (x2), 0-12 VDC
FG606-31
FG606-61
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
•
•
Dual-channel 20A Incandescent-compatible dimming
General-purpose switching
Dual-channel 40A SCR, 350 microsecond rise time chokes
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Dims two circuits DC-controlled electronic fluorescent ballasts
Ramps 0–12 VDC signal for level control
Dual 20A Positive air gap relays for power
Current sinking
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
RDM-INC50
Incandescent Dimmer Module, 6,000 W
FG606-32
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
•
•
50A Incandescent-compatible dimming
General-purpose switching, no positive air gap
50A SCR and 500 microsecond rise time choke
Installs in two enclosure spaces
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
RDM-3DC
Triple DC Module, 1,920 W (x3), 0-12 VDC
FG606-62
RDM-MDM
Multi-mode Dimmer Module, 2,400 W
FG606-36
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Dims three circuits DC-controlled electronic fluorescent ballasts
Ramps 0–12 VDC signal for level control
Three 20A Positive air gap relays for power
Current sinking
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
APPLICATION
•
Versatile 20A “dimming construction set" adapts to operate most fixtures,
includes:
- Solid-state 40A SCR
- Positive air-gap general-purpose 20A relay
- 350 microsecond choke
- Load resistor
•
•
•
Provides high-wattage (1920–6000W) level control of dimmable fixtures
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
R A D I A D I M M E R M O D U L E S
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
RDM-2SWM
Dual Switch Module, 20A
FG606-51
RDM-HDC
Heavy-Duty DC Module, 2,400 W, 0-12 VDC
FG606-63
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
•
Two 20A positive air-gap relay
General-purpose switching applications
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Dims DC-controlled electronic fluorescent ballasts
Ramps 0–12 VDC signal for level control
20A Positive air gap relay for power
Current sourcing or current sinking
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
RDM-3SWM
Triple Switch Module, 20A
FG606-52
RDM-FDB
FDB Module, 1,920 W
FG606-65
RDM-2FDB
Dual FDB Module, 1,920 W (x2)
FG606-66
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
•
Three 20A positive air-gap relay
General-purpose switching applications
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
RDM-3FDB
Triple FDB Module, 1,920 W (x3)
FG606-67
RDM-HFDB
Heavy-Duty FDB Module, 2,400 W
FG606-68
RDM-3EM
Heavy Duty Energy Management Relay Module, 20A
FG606-81
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
•
3-Wire Fluorescent Dims 3-wire FDB-style electronic fluorescent ballasts
Provides variable phase control for dimming
Positive air gap relay for power
For use with Lutron FDB and ECO-10 ballasts
•
•
•
•
•
•
Three 20A relays - Non-phase dependent
On-board module microprocessors - supports relay control and sequencing
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
Also used for fluorescent dimming with dimming interfaces by others
R A D I A S W I T C H M O D U L E S
Incandescent, transformer, low voltage, general purpose load types
RDM-6EM
RDM-SWM
Switch Module, 20A
Heavy Duty Energy Management Relay Module, 20A
FG606-50
FG606-80
•
•
Six 20A relays - Non-phase dependent
On-board module microprocessors - supports relay control
and sequencing
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
Incandescent, transformer, low voltage, general purpose
load types
•
•
•
•
•
20A positive air-gap relay
General-purpose switching applications
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
R A D I A S W I T C H M O D U L E S
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
RDM-ZC
Zero Cross Module, 20A
FG606-40
RDM-HSW
Heavy-Duty Switch Module, 20A
FG606-53
APPLICATION
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
•
•
20A module switches fixtures at the zero-cross point of AC waveform
40A solid-state SCR
Recommended for electronic fluorescent ballasts
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
•
•
•
•
•
20A heavy-duty positive air-gap relay
Heavy-duty switching applications
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
RDM-2HSW
RDM-2ZC
Dual Zero Cross Module,
20 A (x2)
Heavy-Duty Dual Switch Module, 20A (x2)
FG606-54
APPLICATION
FG606-41
•
•
•
•
•
Two 20A heavy-duty positive air-gap relays
Heavy-duty switching applications
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
APPLICATION
•
20A dual-channel module switches fixtures at the zero-cross point of
AC wave form
•
•
•
•
•
Two 40A solid-state SCRs
Recommended for electronic fluorescent ballasts
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
RDM-3HSW
Heavy-Duty Triple Switch Module, 20A (x3)
FG606-55
RDM-ZC50
Zero Cross Module, 50A
FG606-43
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
•
Three 20A heavy-duty positive air-gap relays
Heavy-duty switching applications
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
•
•
50A module switches fixtures at the zero-cross point of AC wave form
High-output solid-state SCR
Recommended for electronic fluorescent ballasts
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
P R O D I M M E R K I T S
RDM-DPSM
Double Pole Single Throw Module, 20A
FG606-56
RDK-ENC6B
Radia 6-Channel Pro Dimmer Kit,
120 or 240 VAC
FG606-93K
Includes RDA-ENC6B/120
enclosure and one
APPLICATION
RDC-PDC/120 card
•
20A DPST (Double Pole Single Throw) relay switches both hot and neutral
(or two hots)
FG606-94K
Includes RDA-ENC6B/240
•
•
•
•
•
Positive air gap relay
Recommended for controlling outdoor lighting outlets and sensitive electronics
Installs in one enclosure space
UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation
Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications
enclosure and one
RDC-PDC/240 card
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
•
Supports multi-phase wiring for RDA-PDC Dimmer Card
Includes six 20A circuit breakers 120/208 VAC, 4W+G
Provides six spaces for Radia Lighting Modules
Mounts RDC-PDC cards in dedicated, pre-wired compartment
18 knockouts for 1/2", 3/4", and 1" conduit
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 24" x 18" x 6" (607 mm x 457 mm x 152 mm)
WEIGHT: 17.5 lbs (8.0 Kg)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
P R O D I M M E R K I T S
R A D I A P R O L I N K F L U S H M O U N T K E Y P A D S
PRO-DP8
Decor PROlink Flush Mount Keypad Panel
(single gang)
FG5790-10
FG5790-11
FG5790-12
RDK-ENC12B
Radia 12-Channel Pro Dimmer Kit, 120 or 240 VAC
FG606-95K
Includes RDA-ENC12B/120 enclosure
and two RDC-PDC/120 cards
White
Black
Ivory
FG606-96K
Includes RDA-ENC12B/240 enclosure
and two RDC-PDC/240 cards
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
•
Supports multi-phase wiring for both RDA-PDC Dimmer Cards
Includes 12 20A circuit breakers 120/208 VAC, 4W+G
Provides six spaces for Radia Lighting Modules
Mounts RDC-PDC cards in dedicated, pre-wired compartment
18 knockouts for 1/2", 3/4", and 1" conduit
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
•
Controls up to 12 lighting channels
Record/playback of five presets
Playback-only mode for five or eight presets
Zone select and lighting raise/lower
Mounts in US style single-gang wall box
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 24" x 18" x 6" (607 mm x 457 mm x 152 mm)
WEIGHT: 17.5 lbs (8.0 Kg)
WEIGHT: 3.2 oz (90 g)
D I M M E R A C C E S S O R I E S
PRO-DP16
Decor PROlink Flush Mount Keypad
Panel (2 gang)
RDA-PSM
12 VDC 2.5A Power Supply Module
FG606-90
FG5790-20
FG5790-21
FG5790-22
White
Black
Ivory
APPLICATION
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Controls 60 lighting zones
Record/playback of 11 presets
Playback-only mode for 12 or 16 presets
Channel select and raise/lower
Mode select
PGM sets panel in preset programming mode
PCK mode allows user to select pack (one of 10 6-channel packs)
CRV selects curve for selected channel
APPLICATION
•
•
•
Provides 12 VDC, 2500 mA power to Radia Lighting Cards and Modules
Unregulated, class one power supply
Installs in one enclosure space
RDA-CKM
Dual Choke Module
FG606-92
LE programs low end cut-off point for selected channel
Mounts in US style two-gang wall box
Application
WEIGHT: 5 oz (130 g)
•
Quiets “problem" incandescent fixtures
Add to zones operated by Integrated Dimmer Module
onboard dimmers
•
•
Two 350 micro-second chokes
RDA-DIV
Radia Module Divider
FG606-18
APPLICATION
•
Separates 110 from 277/240 Modules in Radia Lighting Enclosure
•
Use if required by local code
RDA-EFP
Radia Enclosure Filler Plate
FG606-19
APPLICATION
•
Required to fill open spaces in Radia Lighting Enclosures
•
Installs in one enclosure space
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
C a m e r a
C o n t r o lle r s
S Y S T E M A C C E S S O R I E S
C A M E R A C O N T R O L L E R S
AXP-CCS
Softwire Camera Center
FG630-31
The AXP-CCS Softwire Camera Center combines precision proportional
joystick pan/tilt and lens control with interactive softwire pushbutton control.
Illuminated buttons select up to six cameras with up to 24 preset shots per
camera. Optional software allows 18 camera, eight preset control. Buttons are
also provided for iris open, close, and automatic/manual operation. Dual
joysticks provide traditional, responsive control for pan/tilt heads and lenses.
The center-return joysticks deliver proportional motion and speed control for
pan, tilt, zoom and focus.
AXP-PLV
PosiTrack Pilot Video Touch Panel
FG5630-80
Designed with the camera operator in mind, the PosiTrack Pilot Video Touch
Panel includes a 6" color-active Touch Panel with a video display, a
proportional pan/tilt/zoom joystick and focus, iris and speed controls. With the
right hand on the soft wrist pad, the operator can intuitively guide the camera,
and twist the joystick, to zoom the lens in and out. At the same time, a quick
spin of the side-mounted control knobs is all it takes to fine-tune focus, iris
and speed. Using the graphic icons displayed on the color Touch Panel, the
operator can visually track and change camera movement, select cameras, store
and recall presets and adjust each camera's settings. Patent Pending.
CONTROL
•
Softwire: 22 pushbuttons with LED feedback
CONNECTORS
•
AXLink: 4-pin female mini-XLR for AXLink data/power bus
POSITION
CONTROL
•
Two proportional joysticks
•
•
•
•
Integrated proportional joystick for zoom and pan/tilt
Side-mount wheel spins to adjust focus
Side-mount knob control iris
•
Two joystick speed trim potentiometers
INCLUDES
•
4-pin mini-XLR male AXLink connector
Side-mount knob trims response speed
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.0" (including joysticks) x 10.0" x 8.0"
(102 mm x 254 mm x 204 mm)
DISPLAY
•
6" diagonal color active-matrix LCD, 320x240 pixels
WEIGHT: 2.4 lbs (1.1 Kg)
POWER: 12 VDC 125 mA
INSTANT-ACCESS BUTTONS
•
12 pushbuttons, six on each side, custom engraving included
CONNECTIONS
•
AXLink: 4-pin male mini-XLR for data and power
VIDEO IN
•
BNC female connector (NTSC/PAL/SECAM)
ENCLOSURE: Molded plastic enclosure, blue top with gray base
DIMENSIONS [HWD]: 5.0" x 17.7" x 8.6" (126 mm x 450 mm x 217 mm)
WEIGHT: 5.65 lbs (2.56 kg)
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
C A M E R A C O N T R O L L E R S
AXM-CCS
Rack-Mount Softwire Camera Center
FG630-35
The AXP-CCS Rack-Mount Softwire Camera Center combines precision
proportional joystick pan/tilt and lens control with interactive softwire
pushbutton control. Illuminated buttons select up to six cameras with as many
as 24 preset shots per camera. Optional software allows for 18 cameras, eight
preset control. Buttons are also provided for iris open, close and
automatic/manual operation. Dual joysticks provide traditional, responsive
control for pan/tilt heads and lenses. The center-return joysticks deliver
proportional motion and speed control for pan, tilt, zoom and focus.
CONTROL
•
Softwire: 22 pushbuttons with LED feedback
CONNECTORS
•
AXLink: 4-pin female mini-XLR for AXLink data/power bus
POSITION
•
Two proportional joysticks
•
Two joystick speed trim potentiometers
INCLUDES
•
4-pin mini-XLR male AXLink connector
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 3.47" x 19.0" x 4.73"
(88.1 mm x 482.6 mm x 121.9 mm)
WEIGHT: 2.43 lbs (1.1 Kg)
POWER: 12 VDC 125 mA
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
P O S I T R A C K P A N / T I L T H E A D S
The PosiTrack Pan/Tilt Heads are fully integrated camera positioning controllers. All three models are capable of commanding a
camera's pan and tilt functionality, as well as lens zoom, focus and iris features. The PosiTrack Heads provide seamless
broadcast-quality control at an appealing economical price.
The PosiTrack Heads are designed with a smooth, quiet-motion analog motor drive that incorporates precision digital position
sensing. Featuring a resolution of more than one million steps, each PosiTrack Head's digital encoders offer responsive speed
control and enable repeatable presets that deliver pinpoint accuracy.
WEIGHT: 13.05 lbs (5.92 kg)
AXB-PT30
PosiTrack Camera Controller
FG630-60
OPTIONS
•
•
•
•
•
•
CC-CAM lens control cable (specify make and model)
CC-CAM RS-232 camera control cable (specify make and model)
PM-CAM Pedestal Mount
TM-CAM Tripod Mount
WM-CAM Flush Mount/Ceiling Mount bracket
12V DC power supply
The PosiTrack 30 is a fully
integrated camera positioning
controller, providing onboard
POSITRACK 30 (handles camera loads up to 30 pounds/14 kg)
THREE MODELS
control of camera pan and tilt,
lens zoom, focus, and iris
functions, as well as camera CPU setup and diagnostics. Onboard processing
stores up to 255 presets, of which 127 deliver status data when queried. In
addition, pan and tilt limits can be set by remote control and logged into
memory.
The PosiTrack Heads are available in two different model sizes to handle the
various camera loads:
•
PosiTrack 15 (handles camera loads up to 15 pounds/6.8 kg)
PosiTrack 30 (handles camera loads up to 30 pounds/13.6 kg)
•
By combining precision mechanics, digital sensing, and onboard intelligence,
the PosiTrack 30 can perform synchronized presets by moving all axes to arrive
at the new preset location at the same time. With locked-in speed sensing,
proportional motion control is a snap (you'll never have to “bump" the joystick
to get the camera moving). The PosiTrack 30 is part of a network-controlled
camera positioning system. Up to 250 heads can be combined with multiple
panels, sources, and routing switchers that are linked by a four-wire control
bus, fiber optics, or through a LAN/Internet connection. A product of AMX
technology applied to the art of camera control, the PosiTrack 30 delivers out-
of-sight performance and real-world value.
AXB-PT15
PosiTrack Camera Controller
FG630-63
CONTROL PORTS
•
AXLink: 4-pin locking captive-screw input for AXLink data and DC power
(internal jumper for RS-232)
POSITRACK 15 (handles camera loads up to 15 pounds/6.8 kg)
LENS
•
DB-15 high-density female connector
C A M E R A C O N T R O L A C C E S S O R I E S
CPU RS-232
•
DB-9 male connector
ANGULAR TRAVEL
•
Pan 174° (348° total), Tilt 90° (180° total)
WM-CAM
SPEED
Wall Mount
•
Pan 35°/sec, Tilt 35°/sec
for PosiTrack Camera Heads
FG630-41
REPEATABILITY
•
5 arc minutes
REVERSING: Instantaneous
LIMIT STOPS: “Soft" stops, adjustable via Axcess programming
BASE DIMENSIONS: 9.75" x 6.0"(248 mm x 152 mm)
LENGTH: 19.75" (502 mm)
INCLUDES
•
4-pin locking captive-screw AXLink connector with strain relief
WEIGHT: 7.6 Lbs (3.5 kg)
ENVIRONMENT:
PM-CAM
•
32°-120° F (0°-49° C) ambient temperature
Flush/Ceiling PosiTrack Pedestal Mount
FG630-42
8-inch pedestal for straight-up installation of PosiTrack heads
ENCLOSURE:
•
Metal with matte black enamel and black anodized finish
MOUNTING PLATE:
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 8.0" x 5.0" x 5.0" (203 mm x 147 mm x 147mm)
•
3.5" (89 mm) diameter base with four tapped 1/4-20 mounting holes
WEIGHT: 2.3 lbs (1.0 kg)
DIMENSIONS:
•
Camera Controller
TM-CAM
PosiTrack Tripod Mount Adapter
FG630-43
- 7.10" x 5.70" x 4.65" (180.34 mm x 144.90 mm x 118.10 mm)
Camera Cradle
•
- 4.75"x 3.75" x 6.25" (120.67 mm x 95.28 mm x 158.75 mm)
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
A x c e s s
C o n t r o lle r s
A X C E S S
VPX-CP
ViewPoint Xpress Color System
V I E W P O I N T X P R E S S 2 - W A Y
W I R E L E S S S Y S T E M S
FG840-K3
FG840-K3-304
FG840-K3-433
418 MHz (1-way IR/RF)
304 MHz (1-way IR/RF)
433 MHz (1-way IR/RF)
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
FG840-K3-310
FG840-K3-315
310 MHz (1-way IR/RF)
315 MHz (1-way IR/RF)
*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*
VPX-CPNW
ViewPoint Xpress Color System
FG840-K9
INCLUDES:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
VPT-CP 1-way ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch Panel
Axcent3 Integrated Controller
Four CC-IRC infrared emitter cables
One CC-COM programming cable
One ViewPoint programming adapter cable
AXR-RF RF Receiver
NetWave 2-way 2.4 GHz RF
Combine 2-way interactive wireless ViewPoint Touch Panels, the powerful
Axcent3 Integrated Control System and our intuitive VPXpress System Software
and you have the world’s most versatile 2-way wireless Touch Panel system:
the AMX ViewPoint Xpress System.
PS 2.8 Power Supply
With six IR ports, six RS-232/422/485 ports, six I/O channels and eight relays,
the Axcent3 delivers instantaneous, intelligent control. Any number of Axcess
Bus Controllers can be added to expand the system. The VPXpress System
Software can turn a novice into a pro – automatically creating ViewPoint pop-
up page graphics, as well as system software and configuration, all from a few
simple menu choices.
A X C E N T 3 & A X C E N T 3 P R O
The Axcent3 Integrated Axcess System and Axcent3 PRO Integrated
Axcess Control Frame set new standards for versatile, high-density
multiport control. They can act as a system master or server, allowing
multiple Axcent3 units to be combined in the same system – an AMX
exclusive feature. Ports have new power – IR ports can send one-way
RS-232. I/O channels can provide automatic, sensed IR power control.
RS-232/422/485 ports can operate at up to 115,200 baud. All ports are
software configurable by Open AXCESS and AMX Studio Software.
INCLUDES:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
VPN-CP Color ViewPoint NetWave Touch Panel
Axcent3 Integrated Control System
Four CC-IRC infrared emitter cables
One CC-COM programming cable
One ViewPoint programming adapter cable
AXR-NWS NetWave Server
PS 2.8 Power Supply
V I E W P O I N T X P R E S S 1 - W A Y
W I R E L E S S S Y S T E M S
AXCENT 3
Integrated Axcess System
FG5955-20
Combine elegant interactive wireless ViewPoint Touch Panels, the powerful
Axcent3 Integrated Control System and our intuitive VPXpress System Software
and you have the world’s most versatile 1-way wireless Touch Panel system:
the AMX ViewPoint Xpress System.
CONTROL PORTS
•
Six IR/Serial/RS-232 ports (One-way RS-232 300-38,400 baud, 0-5 VDC)
•
Six RS-232/422/485 ports, 9-pin male D-sub connectors (2-way 300-115,200
baud), XON/XOFF, CTS/RTS
With six IR ports, six RS-232/422/485 ports, six I/O channels and eight relays,
the Axcent3 delivers instantaneous, intelligent control. Any number of Axcess
Bus Controllers can be added to expand the system. The VPXpress System
Software can turn a novice into a pro – automatically creating ViewPoint pop-
up page graphics, as well as system software and configuration, all from a few
simple menu choices.
•
Eight relays (normally open) rated at 750 mA, 28 VAC/24 VDC
Six input/output channels, rated at 200 mA, contact closure or TTL logic inputs
POWER
•
600 mA @ 12 VDC (minimum; not including control cards or bus devices)
INCLUDES
•
•
•
•
Front- and rear-panel status LEDs
Metal tab strips for communing adjacent relays
Four CC-IRC emitters
VPX-CPIR
ViewPoint Xpress Color System
FG840-K4
38/455 kHz IR (1-way IR)
Rack-mount brackets (short)
INCLUDES:
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
VPT-CP 1-way ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch Panel
Axcent3 Integrated Controller
Four CC-IRC infrared emitter cables
One CC-COM programming cable
One ViewPoint programming adapter cable
AXD-IR+ Decor IR Receiver
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 3.5" x 17.0" x 3.0" (88.1 mm x 432 mm x 76 mm)
WEIGHT: 5 lbs (2.3 kg)
SOFTWARE: Open AXCESS Axcess Configuration/Diagnostic Software
OPTIONS
•
•
•
12 VDC power supply
CSB Cable Support Bracket
AC-RK3 Extended Length Axcent3 Rack Kit
PS2.8 Power Supply
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
A X C E N T 3 & A X C E N T 3 P R O
A X C E S S C A R D F R A M E S
AXCENT 3 PRO
Integrated Axcess ControlFrame
FG5955-30
AXF-M/S
CONTROL PORTS
Axcess Master CardFrame
•
Six IR/Serial/RS-232 ports (1-way RS-232 300-38,400 baud, 0-5 VDC)
Six RS-232/422/485 ports, 9-pin male D-sub connectors (2-way 300-115,200
FG701-K
•
baud), XON/XOFF, CTS/RTS
•
Eight relays (normally open) rated at 750 mA, 28 VAC/24 VDC
The AXF-M/S Axcess Master CardFrame remains the ideal solution for
simplified system design, adaptation and support. It has 16 front-access card
slots that accept slide-in control cards – one for every source controlled.
Choose from nearly 30 types of control cards for virtually any requirement. All
cards include LED status indicators, visible through the removable front cover.
Six input/output channels, rated at 200 mA, contact closure or TTL logic inputs
POWER
•
600 mA @ 12 VDC (minimum; not including control cards or bus devices)
INCLUDES
The AXF-M/S Master CardFrame, with an AXC-EM Enhanced System Master
Card, acts as a system master and 16-port controller. The AXF-M/S can
support a backup AXC-EM in the Master Card 2 slot. Each Server CardFrame
adds another 16 control ports to the Master Controller.
•
•
•
•
Front- and rear-panel status LEDs
Metal tab strips for communing adjacent relays
Four CC-IRC emitters
Rack-mount brackets (short)
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
CONTROL PORTS
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 3.5" x 17.0" x 13.65"
(88.1 mm x 432 mm x 356.8 mm)
WEIGHT: 5.6 lbs (2.6 kg)
•
16 front-access control card slots
•
16 rear-mounted control cable jacks (16-pin)
INCLUDES
SOFTWARE: Open AXCESS Axcess Configuration/Diagnostic Software
•
•
•
•
AXC-S Server Card to manage CardFrame communication
AXC-EM Enhanced System Master Card included with Master CardFrame
Master Port on rear panel and on AXC-EM
OPTIONS
•
•
•
12 VDC power supply
CSB Cable Support Bracket
AC-RK3 Extended Length Axcent3 Rack Kit
Three AXLink ports (electronically identical)
ENCLOSURE: Rack-mount metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 3.5" x 19.0" x 14.0"
(89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm), including rack ears
WEIGHT: 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg)
AXB-EM232
Enhanced Master/RS-232
AXF-S
Controller
Axcess Server CardFrame (with AXC-S card)
FG701-K
FG5909
The AXB-EM232 Enhanced Master/RS-232 Controller combines Axcess Master
processing with one RS-232/422/485 and one RS-232 data port in a single
compact enclosure. This master controller is ideal for systems that need the
power of Axcess programming, yet only a few control ports. Applications
include exhibit laser disc control, voting systems, and an AXLink/RS-232 link
in distributed Axcess systems. The AXB-EM232 may be expanded with bus
devices and CardFrames.
The AXF-S Axcess Server CardFrame is still the ideal solution for simplified
system design, adaptation and support. It has 16 front-access card slots that
accept slide-in control cards – one for every source controlled. Choose from
nearly 30 types of control cards for virtually any requirement. All cards include
LED status indicators, visible through the removable front cover. Each Server
CardFrame adds another 16 control ports to the Master Controller.
CONTROL PORTS
CONTROL PORTS
•
One RS-232 port, supports CTS/RTS hardware handshaking
One RS-232/422/485 port
•
16 front-access control card slots
•
•
16 rear-mounted control cable jacks (16-pin)
INCLUDES
INCLUDES
•
•
•
Integrated master processor and features
•
AXC-S Server Card to manage CardFrame communication
Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs
One AXLink port
•
Three AXLink ports (electronically identical)
ENCLOSURE: Rack-mount metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 3.5" x 19.0" x 14.0"
(89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm), including rack ears
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.51" x 5.55" x 6.45"
(38.4 mm x 141 mm x 163.8 mm)
WEIGHT: 1.1 lbs (495 g)
WEIGHT: 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg)
OPTIONS
•
AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
A X C E S S C A R D F R A M E S
AXB-SPE
Server Port Expander (requires AXB-MPE & AXB-MPE+)
FG714
AXF-MINI
Mini-CardFrame (up to 3 AXC control cards)
FG731
The AXB-SPE Server Port Expander drives 12 independent AXLink wiring runs
of up to 3,000 feet each. The Server Port Expander operates from an SPE
connection with the AXB-MPE+ Master Port Expander or NXC-ME260 NetLinx
Master260 Card.
Holding up to three Axcess control cards, the Axcess Mini-CardFrame fits
between full CardFrames and Bus Controllers. For example, a system may need
a unique combination of control cards located close to a remote camera
pan/tilt/lens head. In another, the Mini-CardFrame could add three volume
cards to an AXCENT2 system. A distributed system may use the unit for IR,
relay and volume control in small meeting rooms. Each Mini-CardFrame adds
three control ports to the Central Controller, up to 255 devices. To use as a
small, stand-alone Central Controller, add an optional AXC-EM Enhanced
System Master Card to the Master slot.
CONTROL PORTS
•
12 independent AXLink bus connections
•
Data In and Out RJ-11 ports for daisy-chain operation
INCLUDES
•
Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs
ENCLOSURE: Rack-Mount, metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.72" x 19.0" x 12.5"
(43.6 mm x 482.6 mm x 317.5 mm)
CONTROL PORTS
•
Three front-access control card slots
Three rear-mounted control cable jacks (16-pin)
•
WEIGHT: 6.0 lbs (2.7 kg)
INCLUDES
•
Integrated AXC-S Server Card to manage CardFrame communication
•
One AXLink port
ENCLOSURE: Wall- or rack-mount metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.75" x 17.0" x 13.64"
(44.5 mm x 431.8 mm x 346.5 mm)
WEIGHT: 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg)
OPTIONS
•
AXC-EM Enhanced System Master Card
•
CSB Cable Support Bracket
AXB-MPE+
Master Port Expander (with AXC-EM card)
FG713-10
The AXB-MPE+ Master Port Expander drives 12 independent AXLink wiring
runs of up to 3,000 feet each. The Master Port Expander also includes the
AXC-EM Enhanced Master Card for automatic backup processing.
CONTROL PORTS
•
12 independent AXLink bus connections
•
Data In and Out RJ-11 ports for daisy-chain operation
INCLUDES
•
AXC-EM Enhanced Master Card
•
Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs
ENCLOSURE: Rack-Mount, metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.72" x 19" x 12.5"
(43.6 mm x 482.6 mm x 317.5 mm)
WEIGHT: 6 lbs (2.7 kg)
OPTIONS
•
Backup AXC-EM, placed inside AXB-MPE+
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
AXC-232++
A X C E S S P R O C E S S O R C A R D S
RS-232/422/485 Interface Card
(enhanced functionality)
FG725-10
AXC-EM
Enhanced System Master Card
FG711
Many audiovisual and computer-based devices can be remotely controlled
using RS-232 or RS-422 commands. The AXC-232++ RS-232/422 Interface
Card can generate virtually unlimited numbers of product/function commands
as they are programmed into the AXC-EM Master Card. As needs and
technology change, existing cards can be reprogrammed or new cards added,
one for each device.
Fully compatible with Axcess software, the AXC-EM manages system operation
and executes control system programs. This Enhanced Master Card can
coordinate the activities of up to 255 different pieces of equipment, such as
other control cards, bus controllers and various input devices. These include
AMX Tiltscreens, touch panels, softwire panels, wireless receivers and custom
panel interfaces.
APPLICATION
•
Advanced RS-232/422/485 data control and receive
APPLICATION
CONTROL PORT
•
•
Provides AXCESS Master processing and features to CardFrame
RS-232/422/485 port (300-115,200 baud), XON/XOFF, CTS/RTS
PROCESSOR
INCLUDES
•
Motorola 16-bit M68340
•
•
•
•
•
•
Onboard 32-bit processor and 384KB non-volatile memory
MEMORY
1,000 Byte serial input buffer; 1,000 Byte AXLink buffer
Two status LED indicators for transmit and receive
One setup switch for baud rate, parity, stop bits, and data bits
One micro-jumper for 100 ohm RS-422 termination
One micro jumper for RS-422 or RS-485 operation
•
Standard – 64KB; Optional – 256KB
INCLUDES
•
•
•
One status LED for power and AXLink operation
Master Program Port, male DB-9 connector
Setup switch for Master Port baud rate, parity, stop bits, and data bits
POWER: 160 mA @ 12 VDC
DIMENSIONS (HXD): 2.7" x 12.8" (69.3 mm x 325.6 mm)
WEIGHT: 4.8 oz (136.1 g)
AXC-S
CardFrame Server Card
FG705
APPLICATION
•
Manages communication among control cards in CardFrame
AXC-X10
X-10 Power Line Interface Card
FG747-K
PROCESSOR
•
Motorola MC68HC705
INCLUDES
The X-10 system is a unique way to control various devices in the home by
sending the commands throughout the house via the built-in AC wiring. X-10
system modules can turn electric lights on and off, start and stop motors and
pumps, open and close drapes, water the lawn, heat up the hot tub, and start
the coffee maker. The AXC-X10 X-10 Power Line Interface Card, when used
with the X-10 Power Line Interface Module, provides direct control of most X-
10 modules with all the programming features of the AMX Axcess system. The
AXC-X10 can handle up to 256 devices on each system, using all 16 house
and unit codes.
•
•
•
One status LED for power and AXLink operation
One front-mounted AXLink jack for local testing of panels and Bus Controllers
Setup switch to set starting device number to CardFrame
A X C E S S D A T A C O N T R O L C A R D S
AXC-232
RS-232/422/485 Interface Card
FG725
APPLICATION
•
Controls up to 256 devices that accept X-10 power line control commands
Many audiovisual and computer based devices can be controlled remotely by
using RS-232 or RS-422 commands. The AXC-232 RS-232/422/485 Interface
Card can generate a virtually unlimited number of product/function commands
as they are programmed into the AXC-M Master Card. As needs and
technology changes, existing cards can be reprogrammed or new cards added,
one for each device.
CONTROL PORT
•
X-10 control port
INCLUDES
•
Three status LEDs for online, transmit, and receive (future version)
X-10 Power Line Interface Module model #TW-523 with cab
•
APPLICATION
•
RS-232/422/485 data control transmit and receive
CONTROL PORT
•
RS-232, RS-422/485 data port (300-38,400 baud)
INCLUDES
•
•
•
•
Two status LED indicators for transmit and receive
One setup switch for baud rate, parity, stop bits, and data bits
One micro-jumper for 100 ohm RS-422 termination
One micro-jumper for RS-422 or RS-485 operation
POWER: 125 mA @12 VDC
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
A X C E S S C O N T A C T C L O S U R E C A R D S
A X C E S S D A T A C O N T R O L C A R D S
AXC-IR/S
IR/Serial Card
FG740
AXC-INP8
8 Input Card
FG785
Most audiovisual devices, such as audio and video cassette recorders, compact
disc players and tuners, can be remotely controlled by either infrared (IR) or
serial data commands. The AXC-IR/S Infrared Serial Card generates
programmed commands specific to each device by manufacturer, model
number and function. Up to 128 functions can be programmed into each card.
As needs and technology change, existing cards can be reprogrammed and
new cards can be added to the system. One Infrared/Serial Card is required for
each device.
The AXC-INP8 Switch Opto Voltage Input Card provides eight inputs that can
respond to switch closures or voltage level (high/low) changes. Input signals
may originate from tape transports, limit switches, foot mats or the AMX PCS
Power Current Sensor. Each input may be set for either switch closure (SW) or
voltage operation (VO), allowing a combination of either application on the
same AXC-INP8 card. Inputs set to the switch mode share the same Axcess
system ground. When an input is set to voltage mode, it is opto-isolated from
the system and can accept AC or either polarity DC signals.
APPLICATION
APPLICATION
•
Stores and transmits IR and IR/serial control commands
Commands stored in non-volatile memory
•
Receives switch closures or logic high-/low-frequency level changes
•
CONTROL PORTS
CONTROL PORT
•
•
•
•
Eight input channels, 28 VDC or 24 VAC maximum
•
IR control port with IR emitter and IR/serial connections
Input closures act as Axcess channel Push or Release
Voltage level below 1.5 V is read as a logic low (Push or On)
Inputs set to voltage operation are opto-isolated
INCLUDES
•
•
•
One status LED for transmit
One micro-jumper sets card for No Carrier or Normal operation
One CC-IRC or CC-SER control cable
INCLUDES
•
Eight channel status LEDs
Eight pairs of micro-jumpers change channels from switch to voltage operation
POWER REQUIREMENT: 45mA @ 12 VDC
•
AXC-MIDI
MIDI Interface Card
(Musical Instrument Digital Interface)
FG745-K
The AXC-MIDI MIDI Interface Card provides control to the following devices for
integration with other studio devices such as lights, volume and non-MIDI
devices: Music keyboards, mixers, electronic instruments, equalizers, routing
switchers, recording/reproducing decks, computers and control systems.
AXC-SLD
Slide Projector Control Card
(US Kodak® series)
FG720-K
The AXC-SLD Slide Projector Control Card provides commands for forward,
reverse, focus in and focus out. With the optional AMX PC1 Power Controller,
this card also provides AC Power on/off. Each projector requires one card, and
up to 255 slide projectors can be controlled in one system with additional AMX
CardFrames and cards. The AMX-SLD is designed for the Kodak series of
slide projectors. It may also be used with compatible models. Two extra AUX
relays are provided for additional user controls.
APPLICATION
•
Controls mixers, equalizers and other devices that use MIDI communication
CONTROL PORTS
•
MIDI In, Out and Through
INCLUDES
•
Three status LEDs for MIDI In, Out and Thru Cable for MIDI Out
POWER REQUIREMENT: 20 mA @ 12VDC
APPLICATION
•
Relay control of US Kodak-style slide projector
AXC-SMP
SMPTE Time Code Card
CONTROL PORTS
•
FG744
Five relays for Forward, Reverse, Focus in, Focus out and Power on/off
•
Two auxiliary relay channels for special applications
Audio/visual events, multi-image presentations and multi-scene lighting events
require a standardized method of synchronization for material during
presentations and performances. The Society of Motion Picture and Television
Engineers (SMPTE) has formulated an industry-wide standard by creating a
digital encoding/decoding process. The AXC-SMP SMPTE Time Code Card
can receive time code from any audio source such as videotape, audio reel-to-
reel and cassette decks. This allows precise, simultaneous operation of Axcess
functions and other events.
INCLUDES
•
Seven channel status LEDs
One Kodak-style EBY control cable
•
POWER REQUIREMENT: 50 mA @ 12 VDC (card only)
APPLICATION
•
Sends and receives SMPTE time codes using line-level audio
1/10 second accuracy
•
CONTROL PORT
•
SMPTE input and output
INCLUDES
•
Two status LEDs for transmit and receive
POWER REQUIREMENT: 45 mA @ 12 VDC
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
A X C E S S C O N T A C T C L O S U R E C A R D S
A U D I O C O N T R O L C A R D S
AXC-VOL
AXC-REL8
8 Relay Card
FG715
2-Channel Volume Control Card
FG755
The AXC-VOL 2-Channel Volume Control Card provides stereo or dual mono
channel control and is programmable for up to 32 preset levels. Ramp speed is
also programmable. To accommodate both professional and consumer devices,
the card accepts either balanced or unbalanced audio connections. Output
levels for each channel can be displayed on AMX Softwire Panels and/or Touch
Panels for monitoring during operation.
Devices that require a simple momentary or latching contact closure can be
controlled with the AXC-REL8 Universal Eight Relay Card. This card can
operate up to 8 relay-controlled functions, and cards can be linked together to
allow a larger number of functions. Adjacent relays on the card may be
selectively commoned to reduce device wiring.
APPLICATION
APPLICATION
•
Universal relay control; eight relays per card
•
Stereo or two-channel mono opto-isolated line-level audio level control
CONTROL PORTS
AUDIO PORTS
•
Eight relays, normally open, rated at 750 mA, 28 VAC/24 VDC
•
•
•
Two line-level volume control channels, balanced or unbalanced operation
0 to -72 dB attenuation, 128-step range, THD at less than 0.008[[[%]]]
Nominal input level from -10 to +4 dBm
INCLUDES
•
•
•
Eight channel status LEDs
Eight micro-jumpers connect commons between adjacent channels
Eight micro-jumpers change relay contacts from normally open to normally closed
INCLUDES
•
•
•
Two status LEDs for channel 1 or 2 level change
Two micro-jumpers for 600 ohm termination
Two potentiometers for audio gain adjustment
POWER REQUIREMENT: 150 mA @ 12 VDC
AXC-REL14
14 Relay Card
FG716
Devices that require a simple momentary or latching contact closure can be
controlled with the AXC-REL14 Universal Fourteen Relay Card. This card
operates up to 14 relay-controlled functions in a dual seven-relay
configuration. Each section of seven relays on the AXC-REL14 are commoned
and both sections may be commoned together.
APPLICATION
•
Relay control; 14 relays per card, one group of 14 relays or two groups of 7 relays
CONTROL PORTS
•
14 relays, normally open, rated at 750 mA, 28 VAC/24 VDC
•
Each group of seven relays shares the same common
INCLUDES
•
14 channel status LEDs
•
One micro-jumper connects commons between groups 1-7 and 8-14
POWER REQUIREMENT: 150 mA @ 12 VDC
AXC-SAV
SAV Slide Projector Control Card
(SAV series)
FG721
Kodak SAV series of 35mm slide projectors are very popular presentation
devices in the international business community. The AXC-SAV Slide Card
provides commands for forward, reverse, focus in, focus out and power.
Two additional relays, Aux 1 and Aux 2, are provided for optional control
requirements. The power relay may be used with the AMX PC1 for 110 VAC
applications of the AMX UPC20 for 110/220 VAC use.
APPLICATION
Relay control of Kodak SAV-style slide projector
CONTROL PORTS
Five relays for Forward, Reverse, Focus in, Focus out and Power on/off
Two auxiliary relay channels for special applications
INCLUDES
Seven channel status LEDs
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
V O L T A G E R A M P C A R D S
AXC-VG24
AXC-PTI
Voltage Ramp Generator Card
Pan/Tilt Interface Card
(24 VDC)
FG736
(requires high power DC supply)
FG768
Closed circuit television (CCTV) and teleconferencing applications often require
that the audiovisual control system monitor display each camera’s position, as well
as move them to cover participants or scenes. The AXC–PTI Pan/Tilt Interface
Card mounts in an AMX CardFrame and controls voltage provided by an external
power supply to drive the pan/tilt unit in any direction. Movement commands may
also originate from computers, automatic microphone mixers and other sources,
as long as they are properly interfaced to an Axcess control system.
APPLICATION
•
24 VDC ramp control of dimmers, lenses, or small motors, 8-bit,
256-step resolution
CONTROL PORTS
•
Four DC ramp outputs, 0 to +24 VDC, 10 mA
•
Four relay channels (optional), rated at 750 mA, 28 VAC/24 VDC
INCLUDES
APPLICATION
•
Four status LEDs for channels 1‹4 level change
Four groups of four potentiometers for voltage center, range for each channel
•
•
High-current DC motor control of pan/tilt heads with 10-bit, 1,024-step resolution
CONTROL PORTS
•
Pan and tilt direct motor control from external 24 VDC max power supply, 1 A
•
Potentiometer inputs to read pan and tilt positioning
AXC-VRG4
INCLUDES
Voltage Ramp Generator Card
•
Two status LEDs for channel 1 or 2 level change
(12 VDC)
FG735
•
One input for 12 or 24 VDC power supply
Certain applications require a variable low-current DC voltage to operate light
dimmers, camera pan/tilt units and motor speed controls. The AXC-VRG4
Voltage Ramp Generator Card can be programmed to provide a variable voltage
ramp from -12 to +12 VDC in 256 discrete steps. Preset positions or voltage
levels can be stored for later recall and can be sent to the four independent
outputs as required. Potentiometers are included for coarse and fine adjustment
of range and level centering. The AMX AXC-EXTN Extender Card is
recommended when on-site adjustment is desired.
AXC-VAI2
Voltage Output/Analog Input Card
(2 voltage outputs, 2 analog inputs)
FG737
The AXC-VAI2 Voltage Input/Output Card provides two DC voltage outputs and
two DC voltage/potentiometer inputs. Typical applications include the control of
CCTV lenses (DC drive/pot), teleconferencing lenses (voltage reference), or small
DC motors up to 60 mA current. It may be used whenever a DC voltage ramp
and/or an analog-to-digital conversion of DC voltage or resistance is required.
APPLICATION
•
12 VDC ramp control of dimmers, lenses, or small motors, 8-bit,
256-step resolution
CONTROL PORTS
•
Four DC ramp outputs, -12 to +12 VDC, 10 mA
•
Auxiliary DC on/off output (optional), adjustable to +12 VDC, 10 mA
APPLICATION
•
Low-current DC motor control of lenses or motors with 8-bit, 256-step resolution
Supports voltage/reference or potentiometer positioning control
INCLUDES
•
•
Four status LEDs for channels 1D4 level change
•
Four groups of four potentiometers for voltage center, range for each channel
CONTROL PORTS
•
Zoom and focus direct motor/reference control, -12 to +12 VDC, 60 mA
•
Potentiometer inputs to read zoom and focus positioning
INCLUDES
•
•
•
•
Two status LEDs for channel 1 or 2 level change
10 potentiometers for voltage level, range, and centering
Two micro-jumpers select voltage or potentiometer mode for each input channel
One micro-jumper selects center or low positioning on power-up
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
S P E C I A L A P P L I C A T I O N C A R D S
AXC-EXTN
Extender Card
FG760
APPLICATION
•
Extends any Axcess Control Card for service or testing
•
Allows installer to troubleshoot operation while card is installed
AXC-TEMP
Temperature Control Card
FG749-K
The AXC-TEMP Temperature Control Card provides control and power for the
RTS1 Room Temperature Sensor. The RTS1 provides precision temperature
sensing for the AXT-TEMP.
APPLICATION
•
Receives data from up to four RTS-1 Room Temperature Sensors
•
Temperature range of 0° to 250° F (-18° to 120° C)
CONTROL PORTS
•
Four inputs for RTS-1 sensors
INCLUDES
•
•
•
•
Four jumpers set each channel for Fahrenheit or Celsius operation
One potentiometer per channel calibrates temperature readings from sensor
One jumper for raw A/D values on all four channels
One RTS-1 sensor
ENCLOSURE: Metal, off-white finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.5" x 2.75" x 9" (114 mm x 70 mm x 23 mm)
WEIGHT: 3.2 oz. (91 g)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
D A T A C O N T R O L L E R S
AXB-232++
RS-232/422 Interface
AXB-DTMF+
DTMF Interface
FG946
(enhanced functionality)
FG5761-10
While this controller can serve as a conventional RS-232/422 control port, it
is also able to run its own Axcess application program – an exclusive AMX
product feature. Source specific programming, such as video switchers,
laserdisc players and video codecs, can be handled by the AXB-232++ to
deliver a modular solution for system programming.
The AXB-DTMF+ provides a compete telephone control interface for AMX
systems. In addition to the transmission and reception of DTMF tones, the unit
can detect whether the line or extension phone is off-hook, recognize
distinctive ring patterns, check for incoming calls, and monitor Caller ID data.
CONTROL PORTS
CONTROL PORT
•
Phone line RJ-11 jack, extension line RJ-11 jack
•
RS-232/422/485 port (300-115,200 baud), XON/XOFF, CTS/RTS
•
RCA unbalanced line-level audio in and out with input level adjustment
BUFFERS
INCLUDES
•
1,000 byte serial input buffer; 1,000 byte AXLink buffer
•
Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs
INDICATORS
•
Micro-jumpers for auto-answer mode and line type
•
Three status LEDs indicate transmit, receive, and AXLink
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.51" x 5.55" x 6.45"
(38.4 mm x 141 mm x 163.8 mm)
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.51" x 5.55" x 5.45" (38 mm x 140 mm x 140 mm)
WEIGHT: 1.1 lbs (499 g)
OPTIONS
WEIGHT: 1 lb (454 g)
OPTIONS
•
AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit
•
AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit
•
CC-232 Control Cable
AXB-IRS4
IR/Serial Interface, 4 Ports
FG5914
AXB-DMX512
DMX512 Interface
FG5927
The AXB-IRS4 operates as an AXLink bus device or as an independent RS-232-
to-IR interface. The four IR ports can be set up for IR or wired serial operation.
Any two ports can send commands at the same time; internal firmware stacks
any remaining IR pulses and executes them in sequence. Each unit emulates
four AXLink devices.
The AXB-DMX512 creates a bi-directional DMX512-to-AXLink connection,
transmitting and receiving up to 512 DMX channels. Onboard processing and
memory create as many as 96 channel groups, eight faders, and 72 presets
(284 by adding extended memory), as well as soft-patch channels. A DMX
lighting board can operate in tandem with the AXB-DMX512, generate levels
for storing presets, or bypass the AXB-DMX512 for direct control of channels.
CONTROL PORTS
•
Four IR/serial ports
•
One AXLink or one RS-232 port (300–19,200 baud) to receive
external control commands
CONTROL PORTS
•
DMX512 transmit and receive
INCLUDES
•
•
•
Battery-backed IR memory, up to 200 commands per port
Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs
Two CC-IRC or CC-SER emitters
INCLUDES
•
Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs
•
Internal jumper select AXLink or RS-232 operation
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.5" x 5.5" (38 mm x 140 mm x 140 mm)
WEIGHT: 1.1 lbs (499 g)
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.51" x 5.55" x 5.45"
(38.4 mm x 141 mm x 138.4 mm)
OPTIONS
WEIGHT: 1.1 lbs (499 g)
OPTIONS
•
AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit
•
AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
D A T A C O N T R O L L E R S
AXB-TC
Television Controller
FG5928
AXB-MIDI
MIDI Interface
FG5913
Extend Axcess control to a television, video projector or any other IR-controlled
device with the AXB-TC. This compact, low-cost TV Controller simplifies
system operation with onboard logic for power and channel selection.
The versatile AXB-MIDI can receive data from two independent MIDI IN (A, B)
ports to provide automated control of audio mixers, routers and other MIDI-
compatible devices. MIDI “IN A" and “IN B" are combined with “THRU" and
“OUT," which can be re-patched under software control. System-generated
MIDI commands are sent to “OUT."
CONTROL PORTS
•
IR port for IR emitter or IR serial cable
•
Input for closure or multi-sync scan sensing (15-75 kHz)
CONTROL PORTS
INCLUDES
•
MIDI IN A, MIDI IN B, MIDI OUT, MIDI THRU
•
•
•
Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs
CC-XPS external frequency sensor CC-IRC emitter
Micro-jumper for frequency or closure-sensing input
INCLUDES
•
Five LEDs for AXLink, MIDI A IN, B IN, OUT, and THRU
•
Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs
ENCLOSURE: Molded plastic with black matte plastic
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.29" x 3.33" x 5.34"
(32.7 mm x 84.5 mm x 135.6 mm)
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.51" x 5.55" x 5.45"
(38.4 mm x 141 mm x 138.4 mm)
WEIGHT: 6 oz (170 g)
OPTIONS
•
•
•
•
WEIGHT: 1 lb (454 g)
POWER: 12V DC, 100 mA
OPTIONS
PCS Power Current Sensor
PCS2 Dual Power Current Sensor
VSS2 Video Sync Sensor
•
AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit
SE-TC Security Enclosure
AXB-PCCOM
AXB-TCR
Television Controller/Receiver
FG5928-01
AXLink to PC Communications
Port Interface
FG5773
Nearly identical to the AXB-TC, the AXB-TCR includes a low-frequency IR
sensor to receive commands from low-frequency AMX wireless IR transmitters.
The AXB-PCCOM converts commands from a personal computer's RS-232
COM port to AXLink control operations, emulating up to four AXLink panels.
This translates into as many as 1,020 channels and 32 level displays.
CONTROL PORTS
•
•
•
IR port for IR emitter or IR serial cable
Input for closure or multi-sync scan sensing (15-75 kHz)
Internal low-frequency (38 kHz) IR sensor for AMX IR transmitters
CONTROL PORT
•
One RS-232 port (300-38,400 baud), supports hardware handshaking
INCLUDES
INCLUDES
•
One DB-9 male connector for PC COM port
Setup switches and status LEDs
•
•
•
•
Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs
CC-XPS external frequency sensor
CC-IRC emitter
•
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
Micro-jumper for frequency or closure-sensing input
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.0" x 5.26" x 3.75"
(25 mm x 133.7 mm x 95.3 mm)
ENCLOSURE: Molded black matte plastic
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.29" x 3.33" x 5.34"
(32.7 mm x 84.5 mm x 135.6 mm)
WEIGHT: 8.6 oz (244 g)
WEIGHT: 6 oz (170 g)
OPTIONS
•
•
•
•
PCS Power Current Sensor
PCS2 Dual Power Current Sensor
VSS2 Video Sync Sensor
SE-TC Security Enclosure
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
D A T A C O N T R O L L E R S
AXB-TM5
Television Manager (38/455 kHz IR)
FG5690
AXB-TMC
Television Manager with Clock
FG689-01
The AXB-TM5 is an intelligent, microprocessor-controlled, video routing and
control system. Mounted near a television monitor or video projector, the
Television Manager provides media source selection and control management
via remote control. It acts as a local Axcess controller and receiver for a
wireless AMX Touch Panel.
The AXB-TMC provides advanced television control, as well as an easy-to-
read clock complete with a versatile alphanumeric LED display. The characters,
at 1.25" tall, can be viewed during the day, as well as programmed to display
time and seconds, start a countdown, and write static or scrolling text
messages. The built-in RS-232 port can take control of local switchers,
projectors and other electronic sources. The port can also be used for direct,
external RS-232 control in non-AXLink applications.
FEATURES
•
Receives Pioneer IR barcode wand (models LDV-2200 and CLD-2400)
commands.
•
•
IR control port for television receiver/projector control.
Receives Pioneer IR barcode wand (models LDV-2200 and CLD-2400)
commands.
CONTROL PORTS
•
•
IR control port for television receiver/projector control.
External sensor (CC-XPS) that detects horizontal scanning frequency to determine
on/off status, up to 65 kHz.
•
One IR port, with connections for IR emitter or IR/serial One RS-232 port
(300-38,400 baud)
•
•
External DB-9 male connector
Four TTL input/output channels Digital frequency scan sensing,
from 15-65 kHz Internal high- and low-frequency (455 kHz or 38 kHz)
IR sensors for Axcess IR panels
•
Four solid-state Input/Output (I/O) ports for local applications.
ENCLOSURE: Plastic with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.1" x 5.27"
•
Data input for remote Axcess IRX- sensors
(38.1 mm x 129.3 mm x 133.9 mm)
INCLUDES
WEIGHT: 11 oz (312 g)
OPTIONS
•
•
•
•
•
Front-panel status LEDs
Protected setup switches (covered by right side bracket)
Programmable response status LED
One CC-XPS external frequency scan sensor
One CC-IRC emitter
•
IRX-SM+/DM+ IR Sensor
•
PCS/PCS2 Power Current Sensors
CLOCK DISPLAY:
•
1.2" x 5.4" red LED matrix display shows time of day, count down/up timers, and
static or scrolling text
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.74" x 4.06" x 10.63"
(44.2 mm x 103.1 mm x 270 mm)
WEIGHT: 1.2 lbs (544.3 g)
OPTIONS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
CS Power Current Sensor
PCS2 Dual Power Current Sensor
VSS2 Video Sync Sensor
IRX-SM+ or IRX-SD+ IR sensor increase coverage
TMX-RK Rack Kit
TMX-CB Cable Security Bracket
TMX-SM Flush Mounting Kit
CC-SER IR Serial Cable
CC-232 RS-232 Control Cable
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
D A T A C O N T R O L L E R S
A U D I O C O N T R O L L E R S
AXB-VOL3
3-Channel Volume Controller
FG5756
The AXB-VOL3 controls three audio volume channels. Each line-level channel,
opto-isolated from system ground, can be configured for balanced or
unbalanced line operation. It is programmable for 128 steps of audio level,
audio mute, variable ramp speed and level presets.
AXB-TMX+
Television Manager
FG689
AUDIO PORTS
The AXB-TMX+ provides the same features as the AXB-TMC, but without the
clock display. The built-in RS-232 port of the AXB-TMX+ can take control of
local switchers, projectors and other electronic sources. It can also be used for
direct, external RS-232 control in non-AXLink applications.
•
Three independent line-level audio in and out ports, balanced or unbalanced
THD of less than 0.008[[[%]]], -72 dB at full attenuation (mute)
•
INCLUDES
•
Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs
CONTROL PORTS
•
Resistors for 600 ohm termination
•
•
•
•
•
One IR port, with connections for IR emitter or IR/serial
One RS-232 port (300-38,400 baud), external DB-9 male connector
Four TTL input/output channels
Digital frequency scan sensing, from 15-65 kHz
Internal high- and low-frequency (455 kHz or 38 kHz) IR sensors
for Axcess IR panels
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.51" x 5.45" x 5.45"
(38.4 mm x 141 mm x 138.4 mm)
WEIGHT: 1.1 lbs (499 g)
OPTIONS
• AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit
•
Data input for remote Axcess IRX- sensors
INCLUDES
•
•
•
•
•
Front-panel status LEDs
Protected setup switches (covered by right side bracket)
Programmable response status LED
One CC-XPS external frequency scan sensor
One CC-IRC emitter
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.74" x 4.06" x 10.63"
(44.2 mm x 103.1 mm x 270 mm)
WEIGHT: 1.0 lbs (453.5 g)
OPTIONS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
PCS Power Current Sensor
PCS2 Dual Power Current Sensor
VSS2 Video Sync Sensor
IRX-SM+ or IRX-SD+ IR sensor increase coverage
TMX-RK Rack Kit
TMX-CB Cable Security Bracket
TMX-SM Flush Mounting Kit
CC-SER IR Serial Cable
CC-232 RS-232 Control Cable
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
C O N T A C T C L O S U R E S C O N T R O L L E R S
AXB-SLD
Slide Controller
FG5777-10
AXB-REL8
Relay Controller
FG5774
The AXB-SLD controls the forward, reverse, focus and power functions of any
Kodak Ektagraphic® or compatible slide projector.
The AXB-REL8 controls closure-activated devices, acting as an eight-channel
relay control port on the AXLink bus.
CONTROL PORTS
CONTROL PORTS
•
Four relays, configured for forward/reverse, and compatible with EC-3 remote for
•
Eight relays, normally open, rated at 750 mA, 28 VAC/24 VDC
focus-in and focus-out
INCLUDES
•
Switched power receptacle for up to 1200 W, 120 VAC
•
Front-panel device addressing switches and status LEDs
Metal tab strips for communing adjacent relays
INCLUDES
•
•
•
•
Front-panel device address switches and status LEDs
Front-panel on/off control button
One Kodak-style EBY projector control cable
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.5" x 5.5" (38 mm x 140 mm x 140 mm)
WEIGHT: 1.1 lbs (499 g)
ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.51" x 5.55" x 5.45"
(38.35 mm x 140.97 mm x 138.43 mm)
OPTIONS
•
AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit
WEIGHT: 1.6 lbs (737 g)
OPTIONS
•
AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
L a n d m a r k
C o n t r o lle r s
L A N D M A R K M A S T E R C A R D S
L A N D M A R K
L A N D M A R K C A R D F R A M E S
PLC-MCU4
4MB Master Control Card
FG754
PLB-CF10
Cardframe with 10 Card Slots and 16 Port Hub
APPLICATION
FG993
•
Master system processing and memory one required per system
PHASTLAN
FEATURES
•
RJ-45 Ethernet 10baseT port to system PC
•
•
•
Holds up to 10 control cards
Acts as system master with Master Control Card
Operates interactively over high-speed Ethernet connection to system PC with
PHAST software and PLC-MCU Card
MEMORY
•
4MB Flash
4MB SRAM
•
•
Distributes PHASTLink from 15-port PHASTLink data hub
POWER: 480 mA
CARD SLOTS
•
10 rear-access slots
HUB LINK
L A N D M A R K C O N T R O L C A R D S
•
2 RJ-45 ports to hubs and Cardframes
PHASTLINK
PLC-AMX
•
15 RJ-45 PHASTLink ports
AMX Emulation Card
FG0751
DIP SWITCH
•
Sets Cardframe device number
APPLICATION
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 5.56" x 17.13" x 15.25"
(141.2 mm x 435.1 mm x 387.4 mm)
•
Link up to 255 Axcess devices
AXLINK
WEIGHT: 19.8 lbs (9.0 kg) (w/o cards)
POWER: 110/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 100 mA (w/o cards)
ACCESSORIES
•
4-pin AXLink data/power bus
PROGRAM
•
9-pin male D-Sub programming connector
•
PM-RAC Rack-Mount Kit, requires 3 rack spaces (5.25")
POWER
•
130 mA (card itself, additional power may be needed for devices)
PLB-CF2
Cardframe with 2 Slots
FG718
PLC-IN7
7-Contact Input Card
FG0741
FEATURES
•
Holds up to two control cards
APPLICATION
•
Acts as system master (with MCU card) or adds two control cards to an
existing system
•
Sense closures or TTL voltage changes
INPUTS
•
•
Operates interactively over high-speed Ethernet connection to system PC
with PHAST software (with MCU card)
Distributes control from PHASTLink ports, supports up to 10 devices and
one keypad in Master mode
•
1-7: 7 inputs, closure or 0–5 VDC voltage change
POWER
•
+12 and +5 VDC power for accessories, 1 A max
WIRING
CARD SLOTS
•
16-pin screw terminal
•
Two rear-access slots
POWER
PHASTLINK
•
25 mA (May need additional power to operate connected devices)
•
Two RJ-45 ports
DIP SWITCH
•
Sets Cardframe device number
LED INDICATORS:
PLC-IRIN
IR Input Card
FG0729
•
•
•
•
Red Link LED on front
Red Power LED on front
Green Data LED on back
Red DIAG (diagnostic) LED on back
APPLICATION
•
Accepts Landmark IR commands from up to 3 sensors
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 2.0" x 6.3" x 13.5" (50 mm x 159 mm x 336 mm)
WEIGHT: 3.5 lbs (1.6 kg) w/o card
IR IN 1–3
•
Three inputs for industry-standard IR sensors
POWER: 40 mA w/o cards, 1.5 A 12 VDC power supply included
ACCESSORIES
WIRING
•
Three 3-pin screw terminals for sensor data and power
•
PM-RAC2 PLB-CF2 Rack-Mount Kit (holds 2)
POWER
•
45 mA
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
L A N D M A R K C O N T R O L C A R D S
L A N D M A R K H U B A N D A V M A T R I X C A R D S
PLC-IROUT
IR Output Card
PLH-MIC
Microphone Hub Card, 8 PHASTLink and MIC Ports
FG0734
FG936
APPLICATION
FEATURES
•
Control of IR-format sources
•
Supports up to eight PHASTLink wiring runs, each running up to 1000 feet, with
up to 10 devices per port
PORTS 1-4
•
Receives balanced-line audio from PLK-DMS and PLK-IMS LCD keypads, using
one keypad per PHASTLink port
•
4 outputs, IR or wired IR up 10 MHz
WIRING
•
•
Transmits unbalanced line-level audio to PHAST audio switcher
Links to PHAST Cardframe and other hub cards via Hub In and Hub Out ports
•
4 mini-phono jacks for emitter or wired IR cable
POWER
HUB IN AND OUT
•
75 mA
•
RJ-45 Hub In port
PLC-RL8
•
One RJ-45 Hub Out port
8-Relay Card
PHASTLINK 1-8
FG0722
•
Eight RJ-45 PHASTLink ports
APPLICATION
MIC 1-8
•
Control closure-activated sources
•
RCA female line-level audio output
RELAYS 1-8
•
8 dry-contact relays, 1 A @ 30 VDC
JUMPERS
•
Set relays to NC/NO operation
WIRING
•
6-pin screw terminal
POWER
PLH-VS8
•
360 mA
8X8 Composite Video Switch, 8 VSS inputs
FG901
PLC-SER
Dual Port RS-232 / Single Port
RS-485 Card
FEATURES
FG0739
•
•
•
Routes eight video inputs to eight video outputs
Distributes any input to any combination of outputs while maintaining signal level
Cascades with other PLH-VS8 cards in the same enclosure to provide 16x16 or
24x24 video matrix switching
APPLICATION
•
Bi-directional serial control
PORT 1
•
RS-232/422/485, 300-56,000 baud, CTS/RTS
•
•
Senses presence of video at each input to act as a trigger for system events
Links to PHAST system over PHASTLink data bus
PORT 2
•
RS-232, 300-56,000 baud, CTS/RTS
VIDEO IN
•
WIRING
Eight RCA female video inputs
•
2 9-pin male D-Sub connectors
VIDEO OUT
•
POWER
Eight RCA female video outputs
•
80 mA
PHASTLINK
L A N D M A R K E X P A N S I O N F R A M E
•
Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports
PLB-HUB2
Modular Expansion Frame
FG990-10
PLH-RPT
Hub Card, 15 PHASTLink Ports
FG0937
FEATURES
FEATURES
•
Supports up to 15 PHASTLink wiring runs, each running up to 1,000 feet of CAT-
5 cable, driving up to 10 devices
• Accepts up to three PHAST hub-style cards
• Includes 300W power supply and advanced power conditioning
HUB SLOTS: 3
DIMENSIONS (HWD): 5.56" x 17.13" x 15.25"
(141 mm x 435 mm x 387 mm)
•
Links to PHAST CardFrame and other hub cards via Hub In and Hub Out ports
HUB IN AND OUT
•
One RJ-45 Hub In port
•
One RJ-45 Hub Out port
WEIGHT: 16.2 lbs (7.3 kg)
POWER: 110/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Internal 12 VDC conditioned power supply, 13 A max
PHASTLINK 1-15
•
15 RJ-45 PHASTLink ports
ACCESSORIES
PM-RAC Rack-Mount Kit, requires 3 rack spaces (5.25")
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
L A N D M A R K H U B A N D A V M A T R I X C A R D S
PLB-AS8
8x8 Stereo Audio Switch
PLB-AMP8
8-Channel Audio Amplifier
FG990
FG991-10
FEATURES
•
•
•
Routes eight stereo line-level audio inputs to eight stereo line-level outputs
Distributes any input to any combination of outputs
Full pre-amp control for volume, balance, mute, loudness, bass, and treble for
each channel
FEATURES
•
Provides eight amplified audio channels in four stereo pairs, 63 watts RMS per
channel
•
•
Senses presence of signal at each input to act as a trigger for system events
Provides interactive control and feedback with PHAST system
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accepts line-level audio inputs
Responds to PHASTLink commands for output level and muting
Displays channel level on rear-panel display
Channel select and level buttons allow local gain adjustment
Saves master gain levels in memory to balance outputs or limit gain
Stable output into four ohms
INPUTS
•
16 RCA line-level inputs
OUTPUTS
•
16 RCA line-level outputs
CHANNELS:
•
PHASTLINK
Eight
•
Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports
LEVEL STEPS:
•
100-step resolution
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
5.56" x 17.13" x 15.25" 3 RU (141.2 mm x 435.7 mm x 387.4 mm)
MANUAL SETUP:
•
LED level display, channel select, level buttons
WEIGHT:
•
16.7 lbs (7.58 kg)
AUDIO 1-8 INPUTS:
•
Eight RCA female phono jacks
POWER:
•
110/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 208 mA
SPEAKER 1-8 OUTPUTS:
ACCESSORIES
•
Eight Terminal speaker binding posts
•
PM-RAC Rack-Mount Kit, requires 3 rack spaces (5.25")
WIRING:
•
Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports
S/N RATIO:
PLB-AS16
•
> 92db
16x16 Stereo Audio Switch
FG992-10 (110V)
FG992-11 (220V)
THD:
•
< .03[[%]]
OUTPUT POWER:
FEATURES
•
63 watts RMS per channel (8 ohms)
•
•
•
Routes 16 stereo line-level audio inputs to 16 stereo line-level outputs
Distributes any input to any combination of outputs
Full pre-amp control for volume, balance, mute, loudness, bass, and treble for
each channel
RESPONSE:
•
20 Hz to 20 kHz
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
•
Senses presence of signal at each input to act as a trigger for system events
Provides interactive control and feedback with PHAST system
•
5.56" x 17.13" x 15.25" (141.2 mm x 435.1 mm x 387.4 mm)
WEIGHT:
INPUTS
•
37.4 lbs (16.96 kg)
•
32 RCA line-level inputs
POWER:
OUTPUTS
•
110/120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 4.2 A
•
32 RCA line-level outputs
ACCESSORIES
PHASTLINK
•
PM-RAC Rack-Mount Kit, requires 3 rack spaces (5.25")
•
Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
L A N D M A R K B U S B O X C O N T R O L L E R
•
5.56" x 17.13" x 15.25"
(141.2 mm x 435.7 mm x 387.4 mm)
PMB-TCC
Television Control Center
FG692
WEIGHT:
•
18.4 lbs (8.3 kg)
POWER:
•
110 or 220 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 204 mA
Includes cables.
ACCESSORIES
•
PM-RAC Rack-Mount Kit, requires 3 rack spaces (5.25")
PMB-IRI
Mini IR Input Box
FG0634
Includes cables.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
L A N D M A R K K E Y P A D S
PLK-SB
PLK-DMS
Direct Menu Select Keypad
1-and 2-Button Flush Mount Keypads
FG2405-01
FG2405-02
FG2405-03
FG2405-04
White
Black
Ivory
FG2406-10
FG2406-11
FG2406-12
White Decora style
Black Decora style
Ivory Decora style
Almond
SIMPLE SOLUTION
Displays multiple pages of menus under program
control offering new control options, lists of CD titles, time, date, temperature
and other applications.
Some areas of the home and office require just a simple touch of control. The
PLK-SB Keypad from AMX provides a convenient, versatile, cost-effective
option for achieving effortless control of virtually anything through an AMX
Control System. AMX Keypads are ideal for basic control features, offering the
end user a simple-to-understand control and automation solution.
FEATURES
•
•
•
Scrolls through lists from two up and down arrow buttons
Selects menu options from six buttons alongside the menu
Accesses lighting on/off, dimming and other programmable functions from the
large LED button
SYSTEM READY
Fully interactive with the AMX Control System, the PLK-SB Keypad
communicates over the ICSNet and PHASTLink control networks. The NetLinx
module required for ICSNet use is available for download from www.amx.com.
The keypad networks with connected devices to deliver instant control of lights,
automated window treatments, thermostats, audio/video components, intercoms
and more. Programmed presets and macros can be incorporated for added
luxury of home and efficiency in the office. (Downloadable NetLinx Module
required / Landmark ready)
•
Provides audio to intercom from internal condenser microphone (requires a
discrete home-run cable per panel and additional audio components)
Includes built-in temperature sensor
•
•
Links to Landmark and NetLinx systems over PHASTLink data bus
MENU TEXT
•
Large (approx. 10 characters, 6 lines)
Small (approx. 15 characters, 12 lines)
•
WIRING:
•
FEATURES
2 RJ-45 PHASTLink ports
•
•
•
Interacts with AMX systems, launching automated response from button press and
FACEPLATE DIMENSIONS (HWD):
release, with LED on/off feedback
•
4.5" x 3.44" x 0.31" (65 mm x 88 mm x 8 mm)
Can be used as 1-button or 2-button style — all plastics included for on-site
configuration
Each button contains a programmable LED that may be used to indicate on or off
state
Decora-style form factor
Uses standard Decora-style face plates (not included)
Available in white, black or ivory
BACK BOX DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
2.56" x 2.0" x 1.5" (65 mm x 51 mm x 38 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
4.6 oz (130 g)
•
•
•
•
POWER:
•
150 mA, Supplied by PHASTLink
Connects to AMX Control Systems over ICSNet/PhASTLink interface
WIRING
•
Two (2) RJ-45 ICSNet ports
POWER:
•
30 mA
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
PLK-DIAG
Landmark DMS Diagnostic Keypad
FG2405-20
•
4.23" x 1.67" x 0.85"
(10.74 mm x 4.24 mm x 2.15 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
0.15 oz (7 g)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
L A N D M A R K K E Y P A D S
PLK-MSP32
PLK-MSP8
Decor 32-Button Mini-Softwire Panel
Decor 8-Button Mini-Softwire Panel
(3 bargraphs, 3 gang)
PFG790-08
PFG790-09
PFG790-10
White Decora style
(1 bargraph, 1 gang)
Black Decora style
(1 bargraph, 1 gang)
Ivory Decora style
(1 bargraph, 1 gang)
PFG790-32
PFG790-33
PFG790-34
White Decora style
(3 bargraph, 3 gang)
Black Decora style
(3 bargraph, 3 gang)
Ivory Decora style
(3 bargraph, 3 gang)
FEATURES
FEATURES
•
Provides up to eight control buttons with LED feedback and one 8-segment LED
bargraph display.
•
Provides up to 32 control buttons with LED feedback and three 8-segment LED
bargraph displays
•
•
Mounts into most US-style single-gang wall boxes
Connects to ICSNet or PHASTLink control network
•
•
Mounts into most US-style three-gang wall boxes
Connects to ICSNet or PHASTLink control network
INCLUDES
INCLUDES
•
•
•
Custom engraving
Button layout
Overlay
•
•
•
Custom engraving
Button layout
Overlay
WIRING
WIRING
•
Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports
•
Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports
POWER:
POWER:
•
47 mA, supplied by PHASTLink
•
130 mA, supplied by PHASTLink
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
4.7" x 2.9" x 1.55" (119 mm x 74 mm x 46 mm)
•
4.7" x 6.6" x 1.55" (119 mm x 170 mm x 46 mm)
WEIGHT:
WEIGHT:
•
3 oz (90 g)
•
6 oz (170 g)
L A N D M A R K R E C E I V E R S
PLK-MSP16
Decor 16-Button
PMB-RF
Mini-Softwire Panel
RF Receiver Box
PFG784-315
PFG784-418
PFG784-433
PFG790-16 White Decora style
(2 bargraph, 2 gang)
315 MHz
418 MHz
433 MHz
PFG790-17 Black Decora style
(2 bargraph, 2 gang)
PFG790-18 Ivory Decora style
(2 bargraph, 2 gang)
FEATURES
•
Provides up to 16 control buttons with LED feedback and two 8-segment LED
bargraph displays
•
•
Mounts into most US-style two-gang wall boxes
Connects to ICSNet or PHASTLink control network
INCLUDES
•
•
•
Custom engraving
Button layout
Overlay
WIRING
•
Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports
POWER:
•
85 mA, supplied by PHASTLink
DIMENSIONS (HWD):
•
4.7" x 4.8" x 1.55" (119 mm x 121 mm x 46 mm)
WEIGHT:
•
5 oz (130 g)
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
L A N D M A R K A C C E S S O R I E S
S A M M O D U L E S
PMBSAM
PLH-BLANK
PFG636-09
PFG636-13
PFG636-14
PFG636-15
PFG636-16
PFG636-20
PFG636-21
PFG636-22
PFG636-23
PFG636-25
PFG636-26
PFG636-27
PFG636-28
PFG636-29
PFG636-30
PFG636-31
PFG636-32
PFG636-33
PFG636-34
PFG636-35
PFG636-36
PFG636-38
PFG636-39
PFG636-40
PFG636-41
PFG636-42
PFG636-43
PFG636-45
PFG636-46
PFG636-47
PFG636-48
PFG636-49
PFG636-50
PFG636-53
PFG636-56
PFG636-57
PFG636-58
PFG636-59
PFG636-61
PFG636-62
PFG636-63
EXTRON Switcher Serial Access Module
AUTOPATCH Serial Access Module
B&W (CASA) Serial Access Module
ROTEL (B&W) Serial Access Module
RGB SPECTRUM Serial Access Module
MADRIGAL Internally installed
Hub Card Blank Plate
FG996
PM-RAC
Large Chassis Rack Mount Kit
FG529
LEXICON Serial Access Module
PM-RAC2
PLB-CF2 Rack Mount Kit
FG500
YAMAHA Serial Access Module
PARASOUND Serial Access Module
ESCIENT TUNEBASE Serial Access Module
PIONEER Serial Access Module
Holds 2 CardFrames
PM-RSH2
Additional PLB-CF2 Shelf for PM-RAC2
FG500-10
CALIFORNIA AUDIO LABS Serial Access Module
COMPOOL Serial Access Module
DENON Serial Access Module
JBL Serial Access Module
MCINTOSH Serial Access Module
TOUCHPLATE Serial Access Module
LITETOUCH LIGHTING Serial Access Module
GENTNER Serial Access Module
MERIDIAN Serial Access Module
DENON AVR Serial Access Module
ONKYO Serial Access Module
C I N E M A S Y S T E M S
PLS-CNMA
Landmark Home Theater
FG821-315
FG821-418
FG821-433
INCLUDES
315 MHz
418 MHz
433 MHz
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Mini Cardframe (PLB-CF2)
Master Control Unit (PLC-MCU4)
IR output card (PLC-IROUT)
RF receiver (PMB-RF)
ViewPoint (VPT-CP)
Television controller (PMB-TCC)
Six IR Emitters
FUJITSU Serial Access Module
LIGHTOLIER Serial Access Module
FAROUDJA Serial Access Module
RUNCO Serial Access Module
HITACHI Serial Access Module
INTEGRA Serial Access Module
INTEGRA RESEARCH Serial Access Module
RUSSOUND Serial Access Module
SELECO Serial Access Module
SHARP Serial Access Module
S&W INTERPOLATOR Serial Access Module
ADA CINEMA REFERENCE Serial Access Module
KENWOOD Serial Access Module
CARRIER Serial Access Module
LANSONIC Serial Access Module
ANTHEM Serial Access Module
ARRAKIS 2-WAY Serial Access Module
IMERGE Serial Access Module
REQUEST Serial Access Module
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
S A M M O D U L E S
PFG636-64
FOCUS ENHANCEMENTS Serial Access Module
ARRAKIS DC6 Serial Access Module
LINN KIVOR Serial Access Module
Kits
PFG636-65
PFG636-66
PFG636-67
PFG636-68
PFG636-69
PFG637-57
Landmark Carrier Comfort
(Includes AXB-EM232, PMBSAM)
EUROPLEX ADPLEX Serial Access Module
MBOX Serial Access Module
PFG637-58
Landmark Carrier VVT3 I
(Includes AXB-EM232, PMBSAM)
ESCIENT FIREBALL/TUNEBASE 200
Serial Access Module
PFG636-70
MEDIA ACCESS SOLUTIONS Serial Access Module
(MAX-MMS, MAX-IMS)
PFG636-71
PFG636-72
ESCIENT POWERPLAY Serial Access Module
VANTAGE Serial Access Module
SAM-IR
PFG693-01
PFG693-02
PFG693-03
PFG693-04
PFG693-05
MARANTZ
NOTE: SAM Modules ordered through other manufacturers.
TAG MCCLAREN
KENWOOD
YAMAHA
Lutron Homeworks and Homeworks Interactive
Order through Lutron 800-523-9466
Vantage
Order through Vantage 801-229-2800
Napco
LOEWE TV
Order through Napco 631-842-9137
Europlex and Europlex Adplex
Order through ITS 770-643-1583
Jandy
Order through Jandy 707-776-8200
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
M X
C o n t r o lle r s
M X S I N G L E P R O J E C T O R C O N T R O L L E R S
MX4
Fwd, Rev, Focus In/Out
FG257-10
MX2
Fwd, Rev
FG252-10
INCLUDES
•
MX4TX Transmitter
- Dimensions (HWD): 5.4" x 1.8" x 1.5" (137 mm x 46 mm x 38 mm)
- Weight: 3.2 oz (91 g)
MX4 Wireless Receiver
Includes
•
•
MX2TX Transmitter
- Frequency: 304 MHz standard
- Dimensions (HWD): 5.4" x 1.8" x 1.5" (137 mm x 46 mm x 38 mm)
- Weight: 3.2 oz (91 g)
MX2 Wireless Receiver
- Power: One US power outlet, 110 VAC 50/60 Hz only
- Dimensions (HWD): 1.5" x 5.1" x 5.1" (38 mm x 129 mm x 129 mm)
- Weight: 19.8 oz (562 g)
•
- Frequency: 304 MHz standard
•
•
Two AAA alkaline batteries
Molded carrying case
- Power: Powered by US Kodak style slide projector
- Dimensions (HWD): 1.5" x 5.1" x 5.1" (38 mm x 129 mm x 129 mm)
- Weight: 11.2 oz (318 g)
•
•
Two AAA alkaline batteries
Molded carrying case
MX4A
Options
Fwd, Rev, Focus In/Out,
On/Off
•
MXPS 13.5 VAC power supply
FG528-10
INCLUDES
MX3
Fwd, Rev, On/Off
FG255-10
•
MX4ATX Transmitter
- Dimensions (HWD): 5.4" x 1.8" x 1.5" (137 mm x 46 mm x 38 mm)
- Weight: 3.2 oz (91 g)
•
MX4A Wireless Receiver
- Frequency: 304 MHz standard
- Power: One US power outlet, 110 VAC 50/60 Hz only
- Dimensions (HWD): 1.5" x 5.1" x 5.1" (38 mm x 129 mm x 129 mm)
-
INCLUDES
•
MX3TX Transmitter
Weight: 19.8 oz (562 g)
•
- Dimensions (HWD): 5.4" x 1.8" x 1.5" (137 mm x 46 mm x 38 mm)
- Weight: 3.2 oz (91 g)
Two AAA alkaline batteries
•
Molded carrying case
•
MX3 Wireless Receiver
- Frequency: 304 MHz standard
- Power: Powered by US Kodak style slide projector
- Dimensions (HWD): 1.5" x 5.1" x 5.1" (38 mm x 129 mm x 128 mm)
- Weight: 19.5 oz (553 g)
M X D U A L P R O J E C T O R C O N T R O L L E R
•
•
Two AAA alkaline batteries
Molded carrying case
MX12
OPTIONS
Fwd, Rev, Focus In/Out,
On/Off, Dual Fwd,
Dual Rev - Two Projectors
FG251-10
•
MXPS 13.5 VAC power supply
INCLUDES
•
MX12TX Transmitter
- Dimensions (HWD): 5.3" x 2.9" x 0.8" (134 mm x 77 mm x 19 mm)
- Weight: 4 oz (113 g) with batteries
•
MX12 Wireless Receiver
- Frequency: 304 MHz standard
- Power: Two US power outlets, 110 VAC 50/60 Hz only
- Dimensions (HWD): 1.5" x 5.1" x 5.1" (38 mm x 129 mm x 129 mm)
- Weight: 24 oz (680 g)
•
Two N-size, 1.5-volt alkaline batteries
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
M X M O B I L E W I R E L E S S M O U S E
MX-MM
Mobile Mouse (PC only)
FG5650
T R A N S M I T T E R S O N L Y
MX12TX
12 Buttons, 12 Functions
FG290-04
M X A C C E S S O R I E S
MX-PS
Power Supply
FG423-60
13.5 VAC 520 mA (for MX2 and MX4 series)
MX8
RF Relay Receiver, 8 Relays
FG682-20
INCLUDES
•
16-Button Transmitter (TXC16+)
•
Power supply (MX-PS)
MX16
RF Relay Receiver, 16 Relays
FG683-20
INCLUDES
•
16-Button Transmitter (TXC16+)
•
Power supply (MX-PS)
MX8-IRX
IR Relay Receiver, 8 Relays
FG682-21
INCLUDES
•
•
•
16-Button Transmitter (TXC16+)
Decor IR Sensor (IRX-DM+)
Power supply (MX-PS)
MX16-IRX
IR Relay Receiver, 16 Relays
FG683-21
INCLUDES
•
•
•
16-Button Transmitter (TXC16+)
Decor IR Sensor (IRX-DM+)
Power supply (MX-PS)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
Tr a in in g
A M X U N I V E R S I T Y
Basics of Control
LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES
To effectively meet your business needs and accommodate your schedule, AMX
University offers a variety of learning opportunities that will enhance your knowledge of
AMX products.
•
On Demand Online Learning for new Designers, Installers, Programmers, Sales
Professionals and Consultants.
•
This one-hour Web-based course presents the fundamentals of control. The goals
of a control system are identified along with the appropriate type of control system
(single or multiple masters) for your customer's needs. You will learn how to ask
the right questions when designing a control system and be able to identify the
appropriate types of control when presented with a control scenario.
•
Classroom Learning – Experience an interactive hands-on environment
facilitated on-site by world-class AMX instructors.
•
Live Online Learning – Take advantage of the benefits of classroom instruction
from the convenience of your desk. These online courses are taught in small
segments for self-paced comprehension. No travel is required.
•
Basics of Control is a prerequisite to all AMX courses.
Introduction to Networks
•
•
•
On Demand Online Learning – A wide range of topics are available 24 hours
a day in small segments. Pick and choose as you like, covering areas of control
that matter most to you and your business.
On Demand CD Learning – An on-the-go learning tool without the need
for an Internet connection. Simply load the CD onto your PC for anywhere, any
time access.
•
On Demand Online Learning for Designers, Installers, Programmers, Sales
Professionals and Consultants.
•
This 30-minute web-based course introduces critical concepts and definitions
related to networks. You will gain an understanding of basic networking terms
and how they apply to a control system, as well as learn how to communicate
with the client's network administrator to identify the networking needs for the
control system.
Online Tests – Complete the online written tests to become officially certified.
•
Prerequisite: None.
Visit the AMX University section of the AMX Website (www.amx.com) for more details.
Log in and go to Dealers / Tech Center / Training.
Axcess & NetLinx Products
•
On Demand Online Learning for Designers, Installers, Programmers, Sales
Professionals and Consultants.
This 30-minute prerequisite Web-based course provides you with an overview of
Axcess and NetLinx product lines. You will learn about control system components,
user interfaces, master processors and other essential aspects of control that will
prove beneficial and relevant for future classroom training experiences.
AVAILABLE COURSES
On-site and off-site courses are designed with you in mind, transferring some of the most
complex technology available into understandable, skill-building pieces.
•
NetLinx Studio, Version 2.0
•
Prerequisite: None.
•
Live Online Learning for Installers and Programmers.
Control Networks
•
This one-hour seminar for existing NetLinx Studio users introduces the Version
2.0 user interface and demonstrates three of the powerful new features.
Prerequisite: None.
•
On Demand Online Learning for Designers, Installers, Programmers, Sales
Professionals and Consultants.
•
•
NetLinx systems communicate using four communication networks: AXlink,
ICSNet, ICSHub, and 10/100BaseT Ethernet. This 30-minute prerequisite Web-
based course focuses on how each network is used and their differences. You will
learn the differences in control and data networks and be able to identify the
appropriate use and limitations of each type of control network.
NetLinx Studio for New Users (Part I and Part II)
•
Live Online Learning for Installers and Programmers.
•
Each 1_ -hour session covers essential parts of NetLinx Studio needed to program
AMX Control Systems.
•
•
These sessions will prepare you for the NetLinx Studio Version 2.0 quiz
prerequisite requirement.
Prerequisite: None.
•
Prerequisite: None.
Quest for Power
•
On Demand Online Learning for Designers, Installers, Programmers, Sales
Professionals and Consultants.
Introduction to IREdit
•
Live Online Learning for Installers and Programmers.
•
This 30-minute Web-based course, you will learn about system power
requirements, placing power supplies, determining maximum length and voltage
drop calculations, as well as the steps to calculating power for complex systems.
Upon completion, you will be able to determine the voltage drop in a run of
devices, determine the maximum distance you can place a device from the power
source, and determine where to place power supplies.
•
Find, edit, and view IR files faster and more easily. This one-hour seminar on
IREdit software introduces the user interface and demonstrates key features.
•
Prerequisite: None.
TPDesign4 Time Saving Tips
•
Live Online Learning for Designers of AMX Touch Panels with G4 capability.
•
Prerequisite: None.
•
This one-hour seminar on TPDesign4 covers time saving features that will
increase your productivity in TPDesign4 projects. Advanced concepts are covered
including: working with system templates, property search, drag and drop
properties, and button layout tools.
KPDesign Tutorial
•
On Demand Online Learning for Designers, Installers, Programmers, Sales
Professionals and Consultants.
•
Prerequisite: Online TPDesign4 tutorial.
•
This one-hour Web-based tutorial is designed to give you the skills needed to
design and program DMS and IMS keypads for use in Landmark or NetLinx
systems. You will identify the five areas of the KPDesign user interface, use the
Preferences dialog to set configuration options, build a DMS panel with pages,
create and assign channels to page items, modify existing items, use Power
Assign to set the channels of multiple items at one time, add a KPD file to a
NetLinx project, and configure NetLinx code to use a DMS-IMS module.
How to Build Custom Templates and Palettes in TPD4
•
Live Online Learning for Designers of AMX Touch Panels with G4 capability.
•
Build panels faster with less duplication of work. In this one-hour seminar, you
will learn how to modify, load, and save custom color palettes as well as build
custom templates.
•
Prerequisite: Online TPDesign4 tutorial.
•
Prerequisite: None.
TPD4 Dynamic Images
•
TPDesign4 Tutorial
•
Live Online Learning for Designers of AMX Touch Panels with G4 capability.
In this one-hour seminar, you will learn how to use dynamic images that
automatically update whenever a referenced file is updated.
On Demand Online Learning for Designers of AMX Touch Panels with G4 capability.
•
•
•
This two-hour Web-based tutorial introduces key features and the necessary
skills to design Touch Panel pages in TPDesign4 for new G4 panels from AMX,
which include the 12” and 15” Modero Touch Panels, the 7” and 17” Modero
Widescreens, and the 7.5” and 8.4” Modero ViewPoints. G4 is the latest graphics
engine that displays the richest colors, sharpest clarity and deepest contrast, as
well as the ability to incorporate animated and translucent images, graphics and
icons. This tutorial will walk you through the steps in creating several panel pages
from a full Touch Panel project.
Prerequisite: Online TPD4 tutorial.
•
Prerequisite: None.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
A M X U N I V E R S I T Y
AMX Designer
AMX Programmer I
•
On Demand Online Learning for Designers, Sales Professionals and Consultants.
•
Classroom Learning for AMX Control System Programmers and Tech Support Personnel.
•
After completing this two-hour Web-based course, you will be able to design and
document a basic AMX Control System. Using the provided AMX tools you will be
able to identify and practice the four steps involved in designing a Control System.
You will get to practice the steps with two independent scenarios that will also
prepare you for the certification exam.
Prerequisites: Basics of Control, Axcess & NetLinx Products, Introduction to
Networks, Control Networks, Quest for Power.
•
This five-day course teaches the basic techniques for programming an AMX
Control System.
A person completing this course will be able to program channels, levels, and
strings related to AMX devices. You will also use basic techniques to troubleshoot
programming errors in a NetLinx program.
Prerequisites: Basics of Control, NetLinx Studio 2.0 Quiz, Introduction to AMX
Programming, Axcess & NetLinx Products, PC proficiency
Recommended: Introduction to Networks, Control Networks, TPDesign3 User
Interface Design or knowledge of software, User Interface, Essentials of A/V.
•
•
•
•
Introduction to AMX Programming
•
On Demand Online Learning for new Programmers, Tech Support Personnel
and Installers.
AMX Programmer II
•
•
Interested in learning NetLinx and Axcess programming? This three-hour
prerequisite Web-based course is for newcomers with the desire to learn the
principles of programming, channel characteristics and debugging, as well as IR
and analog characteristics. This course is a must for anyone who wants to learn
Axcess or NetLinx programming, but has no prior experience with our systems or
any other programming language. It is taught entirely in Axcess, but the skills also
apply to NetLinx. The equivalent of this class is offered as instructor led.
Classroom Learning for intermediate level AMX Programmers.
•
If you have attended and completed AMX Programmer I, this is the next step. This
five-day course offers an intermediate level of programming. You will leave with a
strong understanding of NetLinx Control Systems and how to incorporate Internet
Inside applications for expanded control system capabilities.
Participation in this course provides you the opportunity to take the AMX
Programmer Certification Exam. Upon successful completion of the AMX
Programmer exam, the student will become a Certified AMX Programmer (A.C.E.).
Prerequisite: AMX Programmer I or equivalent experience (verification of
experience is required). It is highly recommended that all students have a NetLinx
Master (NXC-ME or NXC-ME260) available for their use in completing the
Programmer Certification Practical after attending class.
•
•
•
•
Prerequisites: Basics of Control, NetLinx Studio 2.0 Quiz, Axcess & NetLinx Product.
Introduction to MAX by AMX
On Demand Online Learning for Designers, Installers, Tech Support Personnel,
Sales Professionals and Consultants.
This 10-minute overview identifies the configurations and components of MAX
Integrated Content Servers, including the process of loading media,
interconnecting the MAX system, an connecting the MAX servers to a control
system. You will also become familiar with the WinMax software.
•
AMX Programmer III
•
Classroom Learning for people who are advanced level certified AMX
Programmers.
This three-day course focuses on advanced techniques for programming an AMX
Control System. A person completing this course will be able to expand the
capabilities of a control system using advanced programming concepts. This is a
workshop where you will discuss solutions to enable better programming.
•
Prerequisite: None.
•
TPDesign3 User Interface Design
•
Classroom Learning for Designers of AMX User Interfaces.
•
Attend this one-day course to learn how to create a user interface using the
TPDesign3 software and apply AMX Style Guide recommendations to your design.
This course teaches you the steps necessary to prepare for a project – working
with pages, buttons, and pop-ups – as well as project completion. Use TPDesign3
for G3 panels from AMX, which include the 10.4”, 6” and 4” Touch Panels, as well
as the 1-way and 2-way Viewpoints.
•
Prerequisite: AMX Programmer Certification.
Landmark Certification
•
Classroom Learning for Landmark Designers, Installers and Programmers.
•
This five-day course is for all experienced Engineers and Installers interested in
learning design, systems programming and the process of installing and
troubleshooting Landmark Systems. All dealers require this course before
installing their first Landmark job. It covers design, installation, troubleshooting
and systems programming. You will acquire an understanding of wiring protocols
and terminations along with an overview of Landmark hardware. This is also a
prerequisite for our Advanced Landmark programming class.
•
Prerequisite: None.
TPDesign4 User Interface Design
•
Classroom Learning for Designers of AMX User Interfaces.
•
Interested in providing your customers with the best Touch Panel designs and
graphics? This two-day course teaches you how to create a user interface design
using the advanced TPDesign4 software functions. You will be able to identify the
customer’s needs for the design of the panel, use the AMX Style Guide as a
foundation for good design decisions, create a design using the TPD4 software, as
well as use advanced TPD4 functions including animation and tweening. The first
day focuses and the core skills needed to create panels. The second day is
optional and moves on to more advanced features including color palettes, time
saving tips, tweening and animations.
•
Prerequisites: Must be a Landmark Dealer, Basics of Control, Quest for Power,
Control Networks, KPDesign Tutorial.
Design XPress for NetLinx Studio
•
Classroom Learning for Residential Dealers familiar with designing and installing
Landmark Control Systems and the desire to learn how to design and install
NetLinx Control Systems using Design XPress.
This 2-day course will introduce and foster a working knowledge of the Design
XPress software. Through extensive hands-on practice you will gain the necessary
experience needed to design and create a NetLinx Control System using Design
XPress. If you know how to design and install Landmark Control Systems and
want to expand to NetLinx Control Systems, this course is for you.
•
•
Prerequisite: None.
AMX Installer
•
Classroom Learning for Installers and anyone who troubleshoots control systems.
•
This four-day instructor-led course focuses on the fundamentals of installing a
NetLinx and Axcess Control System. You will develop a project in NetLinx Studio,
build cables, upgrade from an Axcess to NetLinx, and troubleshoot a system.
Participation in this course provides you the opportunity to take the AMX Installer
Certification Exam.
Prerequisites include: Basics of Control, Introduction to Networks, Axcess &
NetLinx Products, Control Networks, Quest for Power and Essentials of A/V (ICIA -
Recommended but not Required).
•
Prerequisites: AMX Designer , KPDesign Tutorial, Introduction to AMX Programming.
Design XPress - Home Theater
•
•
•
Classroom Learning for Residential Dealers familiar with designing and installing
Landmark Control Systems and desire to learn how to design and install NetLinx
Control Systems using Design XPress. (2 days)
If you know how to design and install Landmark Control Systems for home
theaters and want to expand to NetLinx Control Systems, this course is for you.
Through extensive hands-on practice you will gain the necessary experience
needed to design, and create an AMX Control System for a Home Theater using
Design XPress.
•
•
Prerequisites: AMX Designer , KPDesign Tutorial, Introduction to AMX
Programming.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
11-03
P r o f e s s io n a l S e r v ic e s
P R O F E S S I O N A L S E R V I C E S G R O U P
Audiovisual and energy management control systems are more complex than ever. The
integration of traditional systems with network-based capabilities and subsystems are
increasingly sophisticated. No matter the application, commercial or residential, achieving
success for your business requires a highly skilled staff or a trusted partner to assist your
needs. There is no better solution than AMX Professional Services Group (PSG). We do
this for a living.
THE PSG ADVANTAGE
PSG provides services throughout North America, with system designers and
programmers available at AMX Headquarters and Direct Offices. To find out more about
how the PSG team can assist you with our value added services, please contact the
nearest AMX location.
AMX Headquarters
3000 Research Drive
Richardson, Texas 75082
800.432.6943
EXPERT SOLUTIONS
PSG is staffed with industry leading, network skilled control system professionals. Our
mission is to provide our customers the critical services needed in the design,
development, and provisioning of world-class control systems for commercial and
residential markets. PSG maintains a team of professionals with over 100 years of
collective experience in the delivery of control solutions. This deep knowledge base
represents a competitive advantage for your business. Our proven business processes
and methodologies for control solution design and implementation are valuable additions
to a company’s practices, allowing for greater focus on strategic business. Combine this
with our core competencies and services, and your range of control solutions become
limitless.
AMX East
108 Welsh Road
Horsham, PA 19044
800.462.6946
AMX West
3187 H Airway Avenue
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
800.562.6956
CORE COMPETENCIES
PSG’s abilities to provide world-class solutions are supported by our vast knowledge of
the control industry. Couple this with a broad skill base and you have what it takes to be
successful at designing and delivering on project commitments.
Email
A sampling of PSG’s core competencies include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A/V System Design Review
Control System Installation and Configuration
Control Module/Device Driver Development
Control System Design
NetLinx/Axcess Programming
Touch Panel Design
Website
www.amx.com / Professional Services
Project Management
Installation and Integration
SERVICE OFFERINGS
Having all the right skills is only a piece of the solution. In order to be recognized as
world class, a company must be able to deliver this knowledge in a tangible fashion. At
AMX, the PSG team has developed a set of services that compliments our core
competencies, allowing us to bring control solutions to fruition.
Today these service offerings include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Request for Quote Response (Control Hardware and Software)
Control System Design and Documentation
Project Management
User Interface Design
Programming (Touch Panel, Control Logic and Web application integration)
Integrated Testing and Quality Assurance
System Installation and Commissioning
On-Site Services
For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.
AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.
11-03
|